Full text of "The Nautilus"

See other formats

THE

NAUTILUS

THE PILSBRY QUARTERLY

DEVOTED TO THE INTERESTS

OF CONCHOLOGISTS

VOL. 71
JULY, 1957 to APRIL, 1958

EDITORS AND PUBLISHERS

HORACE BURRINGTON BAKER

Graduate Chairman of Zoology, University of Pennsylvania

CHARLES B. WURTZ

Consulting Biologists, 610 Commercial Trust Building

R. TUCKER ABBOTT

H. A. Pilsbry Chair of Malacology, Academy of Natural Sciences

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

PONY PRINTING, UPPER DARBY, PA.

CONTENTS

Names of new genera, species, etc. in italics

Achatinellid names 148

American Malacological Union 66

Antillean marines 1, 53

Argentina 22, 63, 116, 152

Atlantic, western 1, 37, 52, 55, 68, 117, 118, 124,

131, 139, 152

Australia, marine 53, 57

Baker, F. C, types in University Wis 30

Barriers, ecologic and zoogeographic 141

Brazil 47

California, inland 4

marine 4, 129, 151

Chile 116

Colombia 47, 83

Conidae of Puerto Rico 1

Conus armillatus 117

Conus bermudensis 139

Dates of Nautilus 72

Deep water shells 37

Dispersal of land snails 141

Dredging for deep water mollusks 37

Drymaeus hyltoni Parodiz 25

Ecuador 83

Elliptio complanatus roanokensis 60

Ellobiids, ecology of 118

Epiphragmophora hemiclausa "Scott" Parodiz 30

Fargo, William Gilbert (obituary) 68, pi. 2

Florida, inland (2):iii, 118

marines 37, 68, 118, 152

Fontigens orolibas Hubricht 9

Guiana 47

Gulella bicolor (2):iii

Haliotis ruber 57

Hawaii 141, 148

iii

iv NAUTILUS Vol. 71 (4)

Indian sites in Illinois 131

Ischnochiton (Lepidozona) golischi 151

Japan 8

Kentucky 11

Meioceras lermondi 152

Minnesota 33, 34

Moellendorffia (Trihelix) eucharistus, anatomy 8

M. (T.) hiraseana pi. 1

Nautilus, dates and history of 72, 112

Nenia (Andinia) barcrofti Pilsbry 51

Newcomb's achatinellid names 148

North Carolina 60

Notes and news 72, 116, 151

Ovatella myosotis 4

Pacific, eastern 4, 129, 151

western 53, 57

Paludestrina, type of 116

Pecten (Comptopallium) radula griggi Webb 53

Peronaeus (Lissoacme) curamalalensis Parodiz 23

Peru 47, 116

Pilsbry, Henry Augustus (obituary) 73

chair of malacology 100

contributions 104

draftsman 100

Florida 97

fossils and marines 89

fresh water mollusks 84

marine malacologist 87, 89, 97

Nautilus 112

Peru and Argentina 116

Placopecten magellanicus, range 55

Plant associations and snails 18

Platybostryx 24

Prunum roscidum 52

Publications received 152

Rhodea barcrofti Pilsbry 83

Ryukyu Islands 8

Solaropsis anomnla Pilsbry 49

Solaropsis undata browni Pilsbry 50

April, 1958 nautilus v

South Carolina (2):iii

Statistical methods 60

Tegula, varieties 127

Tennessee 141

Texas marines 124

Turbonilla (Bartschella) pauli Smith & Gordon 151

Type of Paludestrina 116

Types of F. C. Baker 30

Virginia 9

Viviparus contectoides (2):iii

Weeks, William H. (obituary) 72

Wilkins, Guy L. (obituary) 35

Wisconsin 30, (2):iii

Wyoming 12

INDEX TO AUTHORS

Abbott, R. Tucker 52, 100, 117

Baker, H. Burrington 72, 73, 112, 141

Baker (Pilsbry &) 116

Beetle, Dorothy E 12

Clarke, Arthur Haddleton, Jr 148

Conkin, James E. 10

Eldred, Bonnie 152

Ewan, Joseph 35

Eyerdam, W. J 152

Franzen, Dorothea S. 30

Gapp, Helen Winchester 100

Gordon, Mackenzie, Jr. (Smith &) 151

Habe, Tadashige 8

Hubricht, Leslie 9

Jacobson, Morris K (2):iii

McGinty, Paul U & Thomas L 37

McGinty, Thomas L 97

Moore, Donald R 124

Moore, J. Percy 94

Morrison, J. P. E. 118

Nielsen, T. H. A 139

Olssen, Axel 0 68, 89

Parker, Richard A. (Walter &) 60

Parmalee, Paul W 131

Parodiz, J. J 22, 63

Paulson, Edward G. 4

Pilsbry, Elizabeth 116

Pilsbry. Henry A. 47, 83, 104

Pilsbry & H. B. B 116

Posgay, J. A 55

Schwengel. Jeanne S. 87

Smith, Allyn G. & Mackenzie Gordon, Jr 151

Stohler, R 129

Talmadge, Robert R 57

Teskey, Margaret C 66

Toblcman, Fred 72

Walter, Waldemar M. & Richard A. Parker 60

Warmkc, Germaine L. 1

April, 1958 nautilus

Vll

Washburn, Robert G (2):iii

Webb, J. H 53

Wurtz, Charles B 84

The Nautilus

Vol. 71 JULY, 1957 No. 1

LIST OF THE CONIDAE OF PUERTO RICO

By GEEMAINE L. WARMKE
Institute of Marine Biology, University of Puerto Eico, Mayaguez

The present report adds five species of Conidae not previously
listed for Puerto Rico and several new locality records. The
finding of Conns juliae Clench in Puerto Rico extends the range
of this species from Florida to the West Indies. The range
of Conus centurio Born is also extended, as it had been reported
previously only from Santo Domingo, (Clench, 1942). A total
of 11 species of cones have been found to date in Puerto Rico.
Locations of collecting sites are shown in figure 1. The species
reported are as follows:

Conus regius Gmelin

Reported as C. nehulosus Solander by Dall and Simpson
(1901) from Aguadilla. Additional records: Between Boqueron
and Cabo Rojo Light House ; Guanica ; Punta Cuchara, near
Ponce ; between Patillas and Maunabo ; Punta Maldonado ;
Palmas Altas ; Arecibo ; West of Camuy ; Ramey Air Force Base,
(found alive by A. Phares) ; Rincon Light House; Punta
Cadena; Mona Island, (found alive by M. McDowell). Dead
shells very common on the beach. Live shells found in reefs.

Conus mus Hwass

Reported by Dall and Simpson (1901) from San Juan;
Aguadilla; Ponce; and by Clench (1943) from San Juan and
Mona Island. Additional records : Mayaguez ; Punta Guana-
jibo ; Punta Arenas ; Cabo Rojo Light House ; Guanica ; between
Patillas and Maunabo ; Boca de Cangrejos ; Punta Maldonado ;
Palmas Altas ; Arecibo ; West of Camuy ; Ramey Air Force
Base, (A. Phares) ; Rincon Light House ; Mona Island, (found
alive by M. McDowell). Dead shells very common on the beach.
Live shells found at nierht in reefs.

THE NAUTILUS

[Vol. 71 (1)

15_ r— ^^ri^Vo

PUERTO RICO

'/•MflYflGUEZ

PONCE

c^....--^

LOCATION OF COLLECTING STATIONS IN PQERTO RICO

1. Punta Guanajibo. 2. Punta Arenas. 3, Joyuda. 4. Guaniquilla.
5. Boquer6n. 6. Cabo Eojo Light House. 7. Ensenada. 8. Guanica.
9. Between Patillas and Maunabo. 10. Punta Maldonado. 11. Boca de
Cangrejos. 12. Catano. 13. Palmas Altas. 14. Camuy. 15. Eamey Air
Force Base. 16. Ruic6n Light House. 17. Punta Cadena. 18. Punta
Algarrobo. 19. Mona Island (located 40 miles west of Puerto Rico).

CoNus JASPIDEUS Gmelin

Reported as C. pygmaeus Reeve by Dall and Simpson from
Aguadilla and by Clench (1943) from San Juan. Additional
records: Punta Guanajibo; Ramey Air Force Base; Rincon.
Dead shells fairly common on the beach.

CoNus VERRUCOSUS Hwass

Reported by Dall and Simpson from Mayaguez. Additional
records: Guanajibo (alive); Punta Arenas; Joyuda; Guani-
quilla; Ensenada; Guanica; Boca de Cangrejos; Catauo ; Ramey
Air Force Base ; and dredging around Piiiero Island, off Joyuda.
Dead shells very common on the beach.

CONUS GRANULATUS Liuue

New Record. Punta Arenas, (A. Phares) ; Rincon, (G.
Garrison, K. Yates) ; Mona Island, (K. 0. Phares). Rare.

CoNus SPURius Gmelin

New Record. Punta Arenas; Punta Guanajibo, (found alive
by H. F. Winters and by G. L. Warmke). An unusually large
specimen (2% inch) was found at Bahia Bramadero, between
Punta Arenas and Joyuda. Dead shells fairly common at lo-
calities mentioned.

July, 1957] THE NAUTILUS 3

CoNUS DAUcus Hwass

New Record. Cabo Rojo Light House ; West of Camuy ;
Ramey Air Force Base, (found alive by A. Phares) ; Rincon,
(found alive by K. Yates). Dead shells fairly common on the
beach.

CoNus CEXTURio Bom

New Record. Found at Ramey Air Force Base by K. Yates
and by A. Phares, also at Rincon by A. Phares and G. Garrison.
Rare.

CoNUS viLLEPixii Fisher and Bernardi

Reported as C. agassizii Dall by Dall and Simpson from
Mayaguez. Rare.

CoNUS JULiAE Clench

Neiv Record. Guanajibo, (found alive by G. L. Warmke) ;
Rincon, (found alive by A. Phares), (Mary Warmke found one
dead specimen, olive colored instead of the usual bright orange) ;
Ramey Air Force Base, (found alive by G. Garrison). Dead
shells fairly common at localities mentioned. Live shells prob-
ably live in the reefs.

CoNus RAxuxcuLUS Hwass

Reported as C. puerforicanus Hwass (Kiener) by Dall and
Simpson. Additional record: Rincon, (A. Phares); Mona
Island, (K. 0. Phares), and Mona Island (alive) by M.
McDowell. Rare.

The author wishes to express her appreciation to the many
friends in Puerto Rico who made their shells and location data
available for this list and also to Dr. Ruth D. Turner for cheek-
ing identifications and for critically reading the manuscript.

Citations

Dall and Simpsox. 1901. The Mollusca of Puerto Rico, U. S.

Fish Commission Bulletin, Vol. 1, pp. 351-524.
Clench. 1942. Johnsonia, Vol. 1, No. 6, pp. 1-40.
Clench. 1943. Johnsonia, Vol. 2, No. 32, pp. 363-376.

4 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 71 (1)

TAXONOMY OF SALT MARSH SNAIL, OVATELLA
MYOSOTIS, IN CENTRAL CALIFORNIA

By EDWARD G. PAULSON
Department of Zoology, University of California, Berkeley

Early in the course of an investigation of the ecology of the
ellobiid, Ovatella myosotis, in central California salt marshes,
it became apparent that a number of different names are in
current usage for this species. Most commonly applied is
Phytia setifer Cooper, 1872, but also to be found are Phytia
myosotis, Alexia setifer and Alexia myosotis. The following
is an attempt to clarify this situation.

The history of the genus Phytia Gray 1821 has been recently
reviewed by Watson (1943). In confirming the observations of
several previous workers, particularly those of Woodward
(1903), he made the following points: (1) The generic name
Alexia Leach is clearly unavailable for this group since it had
been used by Stephens for a genus of Coleoptera before its first
publication by Gray in 1847, and (2) the name Phytia originated
through Gray's unintentional misspelling of Pythia and hence
must be dropped under article 19 of the International Rules.
While his first point must be considered definitely established,
some doubt has been expressed of his interpretation of the mode
of origin of Phytia (see Burch, 1945). Although direct proof
of Gray's original intent appears lacking, seemingly the indirect
evidence on this point, as amassed by Watson, is quite conclusive.
Particularly pertinent is the fact that Gray, himself, twice cor-
rected his error by listing Pythia Gray, 1821 (not Phytia) in
the synonomy of this genus (in 1847, Pythia for Alexia and in
1857 for Conovolus). In place of Phytia, Watson proposed
Ovatella Bivona Bernardi, 1832, as the oldest available name for
this genus, in so doing accepting Ovatella punctata Bivona
Bernardi, 1832 (= Auricula firmini Pyaredeu, 1826) as the type
of this originally typeless and heterogeneous assemblage. Wat-
son's suggestion, however, has not met with universal adoption,
and thus some, such as Harry (1947) and Morton (1955), follow
him in the use of Ovatella while others, including Burch (1945)
and Morrison (1951), retain Phytia. Watson is followed here
in the application of the name Ovatella, not only because such a
change luus been shown to be technically necessary, but also

July, 1957] THE NAUTILUS 5

because, as pointed out by Morton (1955), this eliminates the
frequent source of confusion inherent in the retention of two
such similar names as Phytia and Pythia in the Ellobiidae.

The trivial name setifer has had a rather confusing history.
In his original description of Alexia setifer Cooper (1872)
stated, "Shell very similar to A. myosotis (of the northern At-
lantic states) but the young provided with short deciduous bristles
arranged in a spiral line just in front of the suture." Such
bristles, however, had long been known in the better preserved
specimens of Ovatella myosotis (see Clarke, 1855). Dall (1885),
after comparing the shells of the two forms, decided that they
were identical and listed Alexia setifer as a synonym of Alexia
myosotis. In 1894, Cooper, apparently accepting Ball's ob-
servations, listed this form as Alexia myosotis, var. setifer
Cooper, 1872. With the question apparently settled then, Dall
(1921) inexplicably resurrected Phytia setifer as a distinct
species. In this he has been followed by most later workers
such as Oldroyd (1927), Keen (1937), and Morrison (1950).
Hanna (1939), however, included Phytia myosotis in his list of
''Exotic Mollusca in California" with the statement that no
recent published record of a careful comparison of shells could
be found. Burch (1945) recently has discussed this problem,
and while retaining Phytia setifer as a distinct species, he ex-
pressed the need of a comparative study to settle this question.

Such a study was undertaken by the author. Forty speci-
mens of Ovatella myosotis from Europe and 12 specimens from
the east coast of the United States were compared with over 300
California specimens collected from San Francisco Bay, Bodega
Bay and Elkhorn Slough. In making this comparison, speci-
mens of height greater than 6.8 mm., possessing a thickened
outer lip, were arbitrarily considered to be mature. The posses-
sion of a thickened outer lip was not invariably an adequate indi-
cation of maturity. In the first place, a thin outer lip was not
found to be a certain indication of sexual immaturity since
such individuals were frequently found copulating. Further-
more, the resumption of growth in individuals with a thickened
outer lip, with apparent resorption of the thickening, was found
not to be uncommon.

Comparison of the two forms revealed complete uniformity
with respect to the following characters:

THE NAUTILUS

[Vol. 71 (1)

.25

;:;20

^ 15
O

10-

Colifornian
Ovotella

British a Eastern
U.S. Ovotella

1.90-
1.99

2.00-
2.09

2.10-
2.19

2.20-
2.29

2.30-
2.39

2.40-
2.49

2.50-
2.59

2.60-
2.69

270-
2.79

2.80-
2.89

Ratio of Height to Maximum Diameter

Color : Hyaline through brown and purple, with complete
intergradation between. Apex: Asymmetrical, exhibiting re-
duced heterostrophy. Sculpture : Apical bulb smooth, toward
end of first whorl acquiring spiral punctuations which in the
third and later whorls are obscured by faint longitudinal stria-
tions. Bristles present below the suture. Apertural teeth:
Inner lip (columella) 2-4. Outer lip 0-3.^

In addition the ratio of height to maximum diameter was
computed for all specimens. The results are plotted in figure 1,
which compares on a percent basis the British and eastern U. S.
samples with the California specimens.

From the foregoing, it can be seen that there is sufficient uni-
formity and/or overlap in all critical characters examined to
demand the decision that the two forms are conspecific. There-
fore, I suggest that the form previously known as Phytia setifcr
Cooper, 1872 should be designated as Ovatella myosotis Drapar-
naud.

1 In Europe two subspecies of Ovatella myosotis have been recognized
on the basis of the number of teeth on the outer lip. Ovatella myosotis
myosotis possesses 0-3 teeth and Ovatella myosotis denticiilatus has 3-6
teeth on tlie outer lip. There is no evidence that such a distinction can
be made in Californian material, and all specimens examined must be
referred to Ovatella myosotis myosotis.

July, 1957] THE NAUTILUS 7

This study was made possible through the generous response
of many people to my requests for comparative material. Es-
pecially to be thanked are Dr. Myra Keene, Stanford University ;
Dr. Leo Hertlein and Mr. Allyn Smith, California Academy
of Sciences ; Dr. Rees and Dr. Galbreath of the British Museum ;
and Dr. Paul Holle, University of New Hampshire. Finally I
should like to thank Dr. Cadet Hand, University of California,
for his advice and reading of the manuscript.

Literature Cited

BuRCH, J. Q. 1945. Minutes Conchological Club Southern
California, No. 48, p. 9.

Clark, W. 1855. A history of the British marine testaceous
Mollusca. John Van Voorst, London. 536 pp.

Cooper, J. G. 1872. Proc. Academy Natural Sciences Phila-
delphia, 24: 143-154.

. 1886. Bull, of the California Academv of Sciences, 1 :

235-255.

Dall, W. H. 1885. Proc. U. S. National Museum, 8: 255-289.

. 1921. Bull. 112, U. S. National Museum.

Gray. J. E. 1821. London Medical Repository, 15: 299-239.

. 1857. in W. D. Turton's Manual of the land and fresh

water shells of the British Isles. Longman, Brown et al.,
London. 335 pp.

Hanxa, D. G. 1939. Bull. Dept. of Agriculture, State of Cali-
fornia, 28 : 298-321.

Harry, H. W. 1951. Proc. California Zoological Club, 2 : 7-14.

Keen, A. M. 1937. An abridged checklist and bibliography
of west American marine Mollusca. Stanford Univ. Press.
84 pp.

Morrison, J. P. E. 1950. News bull, and annual report of the
American Malac. Union.

Morton, J. E. 1955. Phil, trans, of the Royal Society of
London. Series B, 239 : 89-160.

Oldroyd, I. S. 1927. The marine shells of the west coast of
North America. Vol. 2, part 1, 297 pp., Stanford Univ. Press.

Watson, H. 1943. J. Conchology, 22: 13-22.

Woodward, B. B. 1903. J. Conchology, 10 : 352-367.

8 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 71 (1)

ANATOMY OF MOELLENDORFFIA (TRIHELIX)
EUCHARISTUS (PILSBRY)

By TADASHIGE HABE
Amakusa Marine Biological Laboratory

Through courtesy of Dr. Tokubei Kuroda, a living specimen
of Moellendorffia (Trihelix) eucharistus (Pilsbry) from Sayo-
mura, Amami-Oshima, one of the Ryukyu chain, has been for-
warded to me. This species is rather rare, but was fortunately
discovered by Mr. Masataka Ishimori during the tour of his col-
lection in 1956-57. This is a first opportunity for examination
of the soft parts of the group, as well as the species.

This species seems to be endemic to the Amami group, and the
other known species are distributed in Formosa, southern China
and Cambodia. This group of species is known under the
subgeneric term Trihelix in the genus Moellendorffia.^ Trihelix
differs from the typical Moellendorffia in having smooth and
shining embryonic whorls and in the aperture, the free and very
peculiar margin of the parietal wall at the penultimate whorl,
which bears two transverse sulci outside of the last part of the
last whorl and forming two tooth-like folds inside of the aper-
ture. However, in this Japanese species the peculiar armature
of the aperture is somewhat reduced.

The general features of the genitalia of this species resemble
rather closely those of the Japanese genera Yakiichloritis and
Nipponochloritis, but distinctly differ in the short but thick
receptaculum seminis, stout penis sheath, the very short flagel-
lum on the penis, etc.

Animal long and narrow, black in colour; mantle with three
black bands on the white lung area; common duct (fig. 8, c)
very long, but oviduct (o) short (only 2.9 mm.) and thick stalk
of the receptaculum seminis (r) comparatively short, the length
about three times the oviduct, with swollen sac on the distal end ;
vagina (v) swollen towards the genital pore and two times the
length of the oviduct; vas deferens (d) very long (nearly 17.9
mm.) ; penis (e) 10 mm. long Avith finger-shaped flagellum (f),
which measures only 0.8 mm. in length ; insertion of penial re-
tractor near basal end of penis; penis sheath (p) thickish
fusiform, but the closer part of the genital pore is narrowly con-

1 In his famous work, Handbucli dcr syst. Weichtierkunde, Thiele omitted
citation of this genus.

THE NAUTILUS 71 (1)

PLATE 1

Figs. 1, 2. Moellendorffia (Trihelix) Mraseana Pilsbry; outlines of
shell, shoAving the two sulci behind the aperture. 3-8, M. (T.) eucharistus
(Pilsbry), 3, 4. shell of the examined specimen -which measures 7.2 mm,
in height and 14 mm. in diameter, 5, the enlarged hairy periostracum
showing the tAvo kinds of hairs, 6. jaw, 7. radula showing the central tooth
with first and second lateral teeth and three marginals, 8. terminal genitalia.

July, 1957] THE NAUTILUS 9

stricted. Jaw distinctly arched and with 12 vertical ribs on
the surface. Radula with unicuspid central tooth and 16, one
or two cusped laterals; 19 marginals, decreasing in size out-
wardly, the cusps of which are three to four in number.

References

Habe, T. 1955. Venus, v. 18, pp. 221-234.
PiLSBRY, H. A. 1905. Naut., v. 19, pp. 66-67.

NEW SPECIES OF FONTIGENS FROM
SHENANDOAH NATIONAL PARK

By LESLIE HUBEICHT
FONTIGENS OROLIBAS, UCW SpCCicS

Shell: Elongate, turreted; color whitish-corneous, subhyaline;
surface smooth, lines of gro^vth numerous ; spire conical, apex
appearing truncated ; whorls 4.5, flatly convex, separated by deep
sutures ; first whorl coiled in the same plane forming a flat apex ;
body whorl often somewhat expanded ; aperture ovate, peristome
continuous, sharp, a little thickened on the inside, free or ap-
pressed to the parietal wall for a short distance ; immature shells
umbilicate, becoming rimate at maturity.

Operculum : Hyaline, ovate, paucispiral, of about two whorls,
sculpture consisting only of growth lines, which are almost
invisible except near the end of growth; nucleus placed near
the left side about one-third of the distance from base to apex.

Animal: Whitish with black flecking over the upper surface.

Height Diameter Aperture Ht. Aperture Diam.

2.4 mm. 1.4 mm. 1.0 mm. 0.8 mm. Holotype.

2.3 mm. 1.3 mm. 1.0 mm. 0.8 mm. Paratype.

2.3 mm. 1.5 mm. 1.0 mm. 0.8 mm. Paratype.

Virginia: Shenandoah National Park: Warren Co.: spring,
near Browntown Valley Overlook. Rappahannock Co. : Gravel
Spring ; spring, Indian Run Shelter ; spring, below Little Hog-
back Overlook. Page Co. : David Spring, Big Meadow Camp
Grounds ; spring, Hawksbill Gap ; spring, Skyland ; spring,
Elkwallow Gap Shelter; Furnace Spring; Lewis Spring. Madi-
son Co. : spring, Hawksbill Shelter, Holotype 618868, Paratvpes
618869, U.S.N.M., other paratypes 12059, collection of " the
author; spring, Pocosin Cabin; Little Stony Man Spring;
Spring, Bear Fence Mtn. Shelter. Rockingham Co. : roadside
spring, 0.2 mile north of milepost 80. Greene Co. : spring, Pine-

THE NAUTILUS

[Vol. 71 (1)

Fontigens orolibas Hubricht. Paratypes from Hawksbill Shelter Spring,
ANSP no. 224662. Left fig., apical vieAV of shell ; other figs., apertural
view of 6 shells.

field Shelter; spring-, 0.3 mile south of milepost 62. Albemarle
Co. : spring, Doyle River Cabin. Augusta Co. : spring, 0.6 mile
north of Calf Mtn. Overlook. Blue Ridge Pari' way: Augusta
Co. : spring in pasture at milepost 6 ; roadside spring, 0.3 mile
south of milepost 6 ; roadside spring, 0.3 mile north of milepost 8.

Fontigens orolihas may be readily distinguished from Fonti-
gens nicMiniana (Lea) by its smaller size, truncated spire, ex-
panded body whorl, and lighter colored animal.

This is a species of high altitude springs in the Shenandoah
National Park. It was found in every spring examined above
2000 feet, on both sides of the divide, even in springs that dried
up during the summer. On the Blue Ridge Parkway, it was not
found in any spring beyond milepost 8.

LARGER LAND SNAILS OF SLEEPY HOLLOW,

KENTUCKY

By JAMES E. CONKIN
Paleontologist, Union Producing Co., Beeville, Texas

On November 29, 1953, in the course of investigating the
geology and paleontology of Sleepy Hollow (2.5 miles north of
Worthington), Oldham County, Kentucky, I collected the ''dead
shells" of several larger land snails from the surface of the hill
slopes at Black Bridge on the south fork of Harrods Creek.

July, 1957] THE NAUTILUS 11

The geology and paleontology of the area has been described
(Conkin, 1948, 1950). The soil is formed from the residuum
of the Silurian Louisville limestone and Laurel dolomite ; the
latter forms the present surface outcrops of the flat uplands.
On the valley slopes and bottoms, the Ordovician limestones and
shales of the Richmond group (Waynesville, Liberty, and White-
water [Saluda] formations) are exposed. Calcareous salts are
therefore abundantly distributed in the soil of the area for
use by the snails in building their shells. The bushy and
forested slopes and creek bottoms provide excellent habitats for
the mollusks of the area.

Because no work has been published on the snails of the area,
and very little on Kentucky snails as a whole, the recording of
even my cursory examination of the snails of Sleepy Hollow
seems worthy of notice. Perhaps this note will engender indi-
vidual or group study on the part of the local natural history
students, or at least prompt collection of mollusks and their do-
nation to workers interested in pursuing molluscan studies in
the region.

A list of larger land snails from Sleepy Hollow follows:

Anguispira kochi (Pfeiffer)

Haplotrema concavum (Say)

Mesodon elevatus (Say)

Mesodon iiiflectus (Say)

Mesodon thyroidus (Say)

Stenotrema stenotrema (Pfeiffer)

Triodopsis alholahris (Say)

Triodopsis fraudulenta (Pilsbry)

With the exception of a few duplicate shells retained by the
writer, all specimens collected at Sleepy Hollow were deposited
in the mollusk collection of the Natural History Museum at the
University of Kansas.

Literature Cited

Conkin, J. E. 1948. Annals Ky. Nat. Hist., v. 1, pp. 23-26,

Ipl.
. 1950. Annals Ky. Nat. Hist., v. 1, pp. 45-48, fig. 6.

12 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 71 (1)

THE MOLLUSCA OF TETON COUNTY, WYOMING

By DOROTHY E. BEETLE

Teton County, in northwestern Wyoming, has an area of
2,815 square miles, and is somewhat larger than the State of
Delaware. Most of the land is in the Teton National Forest,
the Tanghee National Forest, the Grand Teton National Park,
and the National Elk Refuge. There are a few towns and
ranches with an approximate population of 3,000.

The Teton Range runs in a north south direction for over
forty miles down the western half of the county. One of the
most precipitous mountain fronts in the world, it came into
being during the Tertiary when faulting along a north south
fracture lifted the west block over 7,000 feet and tilted it west-
ward. The chain of high peaks so formed culminates in the
Grand Teton, elevation 13,776 feet. The east block was de-
pressed, and formed the valley of Jackson Hole.

Stretched along the eastern base of the mountains are seven
piedmont lakes. These lakes came into being as glaciers,
hemmed in by moraines, melted back during the Pleistocene.
Jackson Lake, the largest, is 400 feet deep. String Lake is only
10 feet deep.

The eastern half of the county is entirely mountainous, con-
taining the Gros Ventre Range, Pyramid Peak, Darwin Peak,
Sheep Mountain, Mt. Leidy, and the high ridges of the Conti-
nental Divide. The northern boundary of the county is over-
laid by lava flows, a continuation of the volcanic cover of Yellow-
stone Plateau.

Jackson Hole is encompassed by these highlands. It is cen-
trally located, and is approximately forty-eight miles long and
six to eight miles wide. The Valley floor is comparatively flat,
covered with cobbles left by the glaciers and occupied now by
sage-brush, grasses and herbs. It is drained by the Snake River
and the many streams flowing into the Snake from the surround-
ing mountains. With the exception of minor areas in the
northeast and northwest corners of the county, all waters flow
into the Snake, which turns west through the Grand Canyon
of the Snake River into Idaho, and eventually joins the Columbia
River. The minimum elevation of 5,800 feet is recorded near
Iloback in the Grand Canyon of the Snake.

July, 1957] THE NAUTILUS 13

The average annual precipitation is 21.5 inches, more than
that received by any other county in Wyoming. It is dis-
tributed rather evenly throughout the year as snow or rain.
Snow has occurred every month of the year.

The monthly mean temperature varies from 13.6 to 61.3 de-
grees Fahrenheit. The summers are cool and short, with an
average growing period of sixty days in the valley. The short-
est growing season recorded at Moran since 1911, when weather
records were initiated, was four days. The longest was 112
days. Temperatures in winter may descend to — 40 and — 50
degrees P., with a minimum temperature recorded in the valley
of — 63 degrees F. The low temperatures, short frost-free
periods and the deep snows are critical factors in the develop-
ment of a molluscan fauna.

The soils of Teton County have not been described in detail.
In general, the Teton Range and the Continental Divide in the
northeastern corner have acid mountain soils lying on granite
or ryolite. The mountains in the eastern section have a granitic
core overlain by sandstones and limestones. The soil is a brown
sandy loam. In the north, the volcanic cover has a mixture of
acid mountain, sandy loam, and some limey valley soils. The
central valley of Jackson Hole shows limey valley soils over-
lying recent terrace, bench and bottom deposits.

Four life zones are recognized, the Transition, Canadian,
Hudsonian and Arctic- Alpine.

Terrestrial Mollusca

Oreohelix strigosa depressa (Cockerell) : Pacific Creek, under
sagebrush, D. Beetle 55-486 ; Hillside above Flat Creek along
Highway 187, J. Henderson.

Oreohelix stihrudis (''Pfr." Reeve) : General in the area. Con-
siderable variation in size and color patterns exist.

Oreohelix carinifera Pilsbry : 15 miles south of Jackson, A. Beetle
48-7.

Microphysula ingersolli (Bland) : Aspen grove at Signal Moun-
tain Pond, D. Beetle 54-416 ; North slope of Signal Mountain,

D. Beetle 54-455 ; West fork of Crystal Creek, R. Honess.
Euconulus fulvus (Miiller) : Aspen grove at Signal Mountain

Pond, D. Beetle 54-411 ; East of Jackson Hole Station in
willows, D. Beetle 54-411; Emma Matilda Lake (reported as

E. fulvus alaskensis) Levi; Trail to Hidden Falls, D. Beetle
55-489 ; Cascade Canyon, A. Beetle 50-363.

Euconulus fulviis alaskensis (Pilsbry) : General in the area.

14 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 71 (1)

Retinella electrina (Gould) : Northeast of Jackson Hole Station
on the old road to Moran, D. Beetle 54-434; Cottonwood
Creek, Levi.

Retinella hinneyana occidentalis H. B. Baker: Road to Two
Ocean Lake, D. Beetle 55-462 ; Snake River floodplain south
to Wilson, Roscoe.

Zonitoides arhoreus (Say) : General in the area.

Vitrina alaskana Dall: General in the area.

Deroceras laeve (Miiller) : Northeast of Jackson Hole Station on
the old road to Moran, D. Beetle 54-432 ; Wildlife Park, Levi ;
Road to Two Ocean Lake, D. Beetle 55-465.

Deroceras laeve gracile (Raf.) : Snake River floodplain south of
Wilson, Roscoe.

Discus cronkhitei (Newcomb) : General in the area.

Discus shimeki (Pilsbry) : Collections of D. shimeki and D.
shimeki cockerelli are herein reported separately. However,
a series collected shows a transition from a high to a de-
pressed spire, and variations in umbilical diameter and rib
striations. Probably the subspecies cockerelli should not be
retained. Aspen grove above Signal Mountain Pond, D.
Beetle 54-408 ; Northeast of Jackson Hole Station on the old
road to Moran, D. Beetle 54^68 ; North slope of Signal Moun-
tain, D. Beetle 54-458 ; Trail around Jenny Lake, D. Beetle
55-495 ; Trail to Hidden Falls, D. Beetle 55-487 ; Snake River
floodplain south of Wilson, Roscoe.

Discus shimeki cockerelli (Pilsbry) : North slope of Signal
Mountain, D. Beetle 55-436, and Levi; Curr Canyon, Gregg.

Punctum minutissimum (Lea) : Aspen grove at Signal Mountain
Pond, D. Beetle 54-412A, and Levi ; Northeast of Jackson
Hole Station on the old road to Moran, D. Beetle 55-469 ;
North slope of Signal Mountain, D. Beetle 54—457, and Levi ;
Emma Matilda Lake, Levi; Trail to Hidden Falls, D. Beetle
55^95.

Oxyloma decampi gouldi Pilsbry: Bog off Snake River east of
Jackson Hole Station, D. Beetle 54-463; Wildlife Park (re-
ported as Succinea avara), Levi; Gros Ventre Creek wTst of
Highway 187 bridge (reported as 8. avara), Levi; Ditch at
Jackson Airport, D. Beetle 55-430 ; Pond 20 miles south of
Jackson (reported as ^S'. retusa), Henderson; Snake River
floodplain south of Wilson, Roscoe; Hoback Canyon, Typha
pond near Camp Davis, Gregg.

Succinea grosvenori Lea: Grand Canyon of the Snake near
Hoback, cottonAvood association, Gregg.

Succinea stretchiana Bland: Gros Ventre Creek (identified by
J. P. E. Morrison), R. Honess.

Succinea avara Say : Aspen grove at Signal Mountain Pond, D.
Beetle 54-412 ; Aspen grove northeast of Jackson Hole Station
on old road to Moran, D. Beetle 54-436; Two Ocean Lake,
Levi.

July, 1957] THE NAUTILUS 15

Pupilla hlandi Morse : Aspen grove at Signal Mountain Pond,
D. Beetle 54-407 ; 1 mile south of Moran, Gregg ; Moose, Levi ;
Sheep Mountain, Levi.

Pupilla muscorum (L.) : 7 miles north of Moran, Henderson;
Aspen grove at Signal Mountain Pond, Levi ; Wildlife Park,
Levi ; North slope of Signal Mountain, Levi ; Gros Ventre
Slide, Levi ; Gros Ventre Creek, R. Honess ; Mount Baldy,
Levi.

Pupilla hehes (Ancey) : Aspen grove at Signal Mountain Pond,
D. Beetle 54-407 A ; Riverbank below Jackson Hole Station, D.
Beetle 54-429; Togowottee Pass, D. Beetle 50-397.

Vertigo gonldi coloradensis (Cockerell) : Aspen grove at Signal
Mountain Pond, D. Beetle 54-413 ; Bog off Snake River east
of Jackson Hole Station, D. Beetle 54-466 ; Willows east of
Jackson Hold Station, D. Beetle 54-442.

Vertigo gouldi hasidens Pilsbry & Vanatta : Hoback Canyon,
Typha pond near Camp Davis, Gregg.

Vertigo concinnula Cockerell: Pilgrim Creek, Levi; 1 mile south
of Moran, Gregg ; North slope of Signal Mountain, Levi ;
Emma Matilda Lake, Levi ; Elk, Levi ; Leigh Lake, Levi ; Gros
Ventre Slide, Levi ; Mt. Baldy, Levi ; Sheep Mountain, Levi,
29 miles south of Jackson, Gregg.

Vertigo modesta (Say) : Trail to Hidden Falls, D. Beetle 55-491.
Under the bark of a fallen aspen tree lying in a seep were
45 specimens of Vertigo modesta and form parietalis, the
greatest concentration of this species seen by the author.
Thirty shells had 5 teeth, eight had 4 teeth, one had 3 teeth,
four juvenile had spine-like teeth and two were toothless. On
this same log were Oreohelix suhrudis, Euconulus fulvus,
Zonitoides arhoreus, Vitrina alaskana, Discus shimeki, Punc-
tum minutissimum, and Columella alticola.

Vertigo modesta parietalis Ancey : Road to Two Ocean Lake, D.
Beetle 55-461; Trail around Jenny Lake, D. Beetle 55-493;
Cascade Canyon, A. Beetle 50-361.

Columella alticola (Ingersoll) : Trail to Hidden Falls, D. Beetle
55-492; Cascade Canyon, A. Beetle 50-361A.

Vallonia gracilicosta Reinhardt : Aspen grove at Signal Moun-
tain Pond, D. Beetle 54-410; Road to Two Ocean Lake, D.
Beetle 55-464 ; Snake River floodplain south of Wilson, Roscoe.

Vallonia albula Sterki: Road to Two Ocean Lake, D. Beetle
55-460 ; Snake River floodplain south of Wilson, Roscoe.

Vallonia cyclopliorella Sterki : Pilgrim Creek, Levi ; 7 miles north
of Moran, Henderson ; Aspen groove at Signal Mountain Pond,
D. Beetle 54-410A ; East of Jackson Hole Station, D. Beetle
54-445 ; Pacific Creek, D. Beetle 54-451 ; Emma Matilda Lake,
Levi ; Uhl Hill, Levi ; Gros Ventre Slide, Levi ; Gros Ventre
Creek, R. Honess; Teton Pass, Olsson.

16 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 71 (1)

Zoogenetes harpa (Say): Emma Matilda Lake, Levi; Leigh

Lake, Levi ; Gros Ventre Slide, Levi.
Cionella lubrica (Miiller) : Road to Two Ocean Lake, D. Beetle

55^63.

Aquatic Mollusca

Margaritifera margaritifera (L.) : Flagg Ranch, C. Thurston;

Flat Creek (reported as M. margaritifera falcata), Hender-
son ; Snake River at the mouth of Plat Creek, Gregg.
Sphaeriuni lacustre rykholti Normand: Swan Lake, in the mud

and roots of vegetation on a floating island, Baxter and D.

Beetle 55-444; Signal Mountain Pond, D. Beetle 55-434;

Pacific Creek, R. Fautin; Two Ocean Lake, D. Beetle 44-457.
Sphaerium occidentale Prime : Togowottee Pass, D. Beetle 50-

399A.
Pisidium casertanum Poli : General in the area.
Pisidiiim suhtruncatum Malm : Christian Meadows, D. Beetle 55-

452.
Pisidium variable Prime : Elk Island, A. Beetle 55-480 ; Snake

River at Jackson Hole Station, dead specimens, D. Beetle

54-424.
Lymnaea stagnalis jugiilaris Say: Signal Mountain Pond, D.

Beetle 54-447.
Lymnaea caperata Say: Snake River at Jackson Hole Station,

A. Beetle 54-421 ; 20 miles south of Jackson, Henderson.
Lymnaea humilis modicella Say: Snake River at the mouth of

Flat Creek, Gregg.
Lymnaea hiimilis rustica Lea : Snake River at the mouth of Flat

Creek, Gregg, Snake River, below mouth of Flat Creek, on

rocks, Gregg.
Lymnaea palustris Miiller : General in the area.
Lymnaea palustris wyomingensis Baker : General in the area.
Lymnaea jacksonensis Baker : Swan Lake, Baxter and D. Beetle

55^43; Coulter Bay Lake, D. Beetle 55-446; Jackson Lake,

Henderson, A. Beetle 55-483; Wildlife Park, Levi; Phelps

Lake, Henderson ; Snake River south of Wilson, Roscoe ; Snake

River V2 i^ile below Flat Creek, Gregg; Snake River below

Hoback Creek, Gregg ; Grand Canyon of the Snake, Gregg.
Lymnaea montana Elrod: Jenny Lake (reported as L. elrod-

iana), Henderson.
Lymnaea hinneyi Tryon : Fish Creek south of Wilson, Gregg ;

Y> mile below mouth of Flat Creek, Snake River, Gregg.
Jjymnaea apicina Lea : Snake River below Flat Creek, D, Beetle

55-429.
Ilclisoma trivolvis (Say) : Swan Lake, Baxter and D. Beetle

55^39; Coulter Bay Lake, Baxter and D. Beetle; Christian

Meadows, D. Beetle 55-451.
Helisoma trivolvis macrostomum (Whiteaves) : Two Ocean Lake,

July, 1957] THE NAUTILUS 17

Beetle and Beetle 50-370 ; Swamps of Flat Creek along High-
way 187, D. Beetle 50-344.

Helisoma suhcrenatum (Carpenter) : Flagg Ranch, D. Beetle
55-454 ; Two Ocean Lake, D. Beetle 55-456 ; Gros Ventre Slide,
D. Beetle 54-468.

Helisoma suhcrenatum disjectiim (Cooper) : Gladel Creek, Levi.

Planorhuln chrisiyi (Dall) : Signal Mountain Pond, D. Beetle
54-418. Dr. H. van der Schalie, who identified the Planor-
hula, reports (personal communication) that it has only been
found previously in Alberta, Manitoba, Saskatchewan, and the
Dakotas. The snail was abundant in this pond, climbing on
the vegetation and floating at the surface. Collections made
here on July 27, 1950, did not reveal its presence.

Gyrauliis arcticus (Miiller) : Leigh Lake, on driftwood, Levi.

OyrauUis similaris (Baker) : Snake River at the mouth of Flat
Creek, Gregg.

Gyrauhis vermicularis (Say) : General in the area.

Carinifex jacksonensis Henderson: Coulter Bay Lake, D. Beetle
55-448 ; Jackson Lake, crawling on coarse gravel, Henderson ;
Elk Island, A. Beetle 55-473; Snake River at Jackson Hole
Station, D. Beetle 54-423.

The specific identity of the following Physa is as accurate as
is possible under the present nomenclatorially confused state
of the genus :

Physa ampullacea Gould: Northeast of Moran, Henderson; Elk
Island, A. Beetle 55-477.

Physa anatina Lea: Christian Meadows, D. Beetle 55-450;
Pacific Creek, D. Beetle 55-466.

Physa forsheyi Lea : Spring Creek near Moran, A. Beetle 50-373.

Physa gyrina Say: General in the area.

Physa sayi warreniana Lea : Two Ocean Lake, Beetle and Beetle
50-371.

Physa warreniana gouldi Clench : Snake River near Moran, Levi ;
Two Ocean Lake, D. Beetle 55-499 ; Warm Springs near
Moose, Levi ; Grand Canyon of the Snake, approximately i/^
mile south of Iloback, Gregg.

Physa virgata traskii Lea : North of Moran, Henderson.

Aplexa hypnornm Say: Swamps of Flat Creek along Highway
187, Henderson.

Amnicola rohusta Walker : Jackson Lake, Henderson ; Elk
Island, A. Beetle 55-479 ; In the digestive tract of a Rosyside
Sucker taken at the foot of Jackson Lake Dam, Bangham.

Fluminicola fusca Haldeman : Snake River south of Wilson,
Roscoe ; Snake River at Flat Creek, Gregg.

Valvata humeralis calif ornica Pilsbry: Jackson Lake, Hender-
son.

THE NAUTILUS

[Vol. 71 (1)

SPECIES

PLANT ASSOCIATION |

ex.

5
85

•vl

kj
-J

i *

^3 «»:

OREOHCLIX SUBRUOIS

20NirorDES ARBOREUS

VITRINA ALASKANA

EUCONULUS FULVUS ALASfENSIS

DISCUS CRONKHITEI

EUCONULUS FULVUS

DISCUS SHIMEKI

PUNCTUM MINUriSSIMUM

VALLONIA CVCLOPHORELLA

VERTIGO CONCINNULA

PUPILLA HEBES

VERTIGO MOOESTA

V. MOOESTA PARIETALIS

MICROPHYSULA INGERSOLLI

COLUMELLA ALTICOLA

RETINELLA BIMNEVANA

OCCIOENTALIS

OEROCERAS LAEVE

PUPILLA MUSCORUM

VALLONIA ALBULA

VALLONIA GRACILICOSTA

SUCCINEA AVARA

PUPILLA BLANOI

ZOOOENETES HARPA

VERncO COULDI COLORADENSIS

CIONELLA LUBRICA

RETINELLA CLECTRIMA

OXYLOMA OECAMPI GOULDI

SUCCINEA GROSVENORI

OEROCERAS LAEVE CRACILE

DISCUS SHIMEKI COCITERELLI

VERTIGO GOULDI BASIDENS

OREOHELIX STRICOSA OEPRESSA

TOTAL NUMBER OF
3PECIES PER HABITAT

THE NUMBERS INDICATE TIMES A SPECIES WAS
PRESENT IN A HABITAT, BUT NOT THE FRCQUENCV
OF INDIVIDUALS

July, 1957] THE NAUTILUS 19

Valvata lewisii helicoidea Dall: Swan Lake, Baxter and D. Beetle

55-445 ; Two Ocean Lake, D. Beetle 55-458.
Valvata sincera Say : Elk Island, A. Beetle 55-478.
Hydrohia greggi Pilsbry : Snake River at the junction of Hoback

Creek, Gregg.

Prior to 1956, the locality, Moran, refers to the town at the
foot of Jackson Lake Dam. This town is being relocated farther
north on Highway 87-287.

Aspen groves provided the most favorable habitat for ter-
restial snails. The groves are of limited extent, occurring as
narrow bands or clumps around a valley between the sagebrush
and grass below and the coniferous forest above, or in openings
in the forest. Furthermore, the groves must be divided into two
ecotypes. According to Dr. John F. Reed, in a paper on the
vegetation of Jackson Hole Wildlife Park, two distinct types of
aspen community occur there, and this seems true of the rest
of the county.

The aspen groves adjacent to meadows or water or in an
opening in the coniferous forest are characterized by closed
canopies, moist subsoil, and a lush undergrowth of shrubs, herbs
and grasses. Dr. Reed has identified seventy-eight species of
vascular plants in this assemblage. Twenty-five species of ter-
restial gastropods occur under these conditions.

Stands on arid slopes are usually very dry, especially in mid-
summer and early fall. The exposure is generally toward the
south, and the drainage is rapid. Only thirty-eight species of
vascular plants have been found within these groves. Oreohelix
suhrudis, Vallonia cyclophorella, Vitrina alaskana, and a broken
shell of Pupilla were seen. The first two speciies are also to be
seen under similarly xeric conditions in the sagebrush and
under talus of sedimentary rock.

An aspen grove on a morainal deposit at Signal Mountain
Pond yielded sixteen species of gastropods, the greatest number
seen in any particular grove. Almost all these species could be
found under the bark and debris beneath any decaying aspen
log. The animals were scattered apparently at random, seem-
ingly without competition for food or space. In the leaf litter
between logs, only Oreohelix siihrudis and Discus cronkhitei were
encountered. As should be borne in mind, 1954 and 1955 oc-
curred in a period of dry years.

Spruce fir forests lie in moist pockets of the mountain ranges.

20 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 71 (1)

usually on the north slopes. In this community, mollusks are
generally confined to seeps, moist protected areas, and the banks
of mountain rivulets, preferably where shrubs and an occasional
hardwood tree grow. Sixteen species were identified from this
assemblage. The river bottoms, with an edging of cottonwoods
and an undergrowth of willow and grasses also yielded sixteen
species. Snails were scattered widely through the leaf litter,
debris, in the grass and even under cobblestones piled in the
dry section of the river beds. This habitat is probably less mesic
than might appear, as the cottonwoods form an open canopy.

In places along the rivers and lakes and in wet meadows,
dense thickets of willow form a growth approximately ten feet
high. In the thick piles of moldering leaves, ten species of
mollusks live.

Lodgepole pine forest and the sagebrush communities occupy
the largest areas in the county. While only two species were
found in the sagebrush, ten species were found in the lodgepole,
these in limited quantities. The dense young stands of lodge-
pole admit almost no understory of plants and no snails.
Mature forests are dry and open with a more abundant under-
story. Snails were most likely to be located under decaying
logs, particularly hardwoods, and not in the pine duff.

Grassy areas along ditches and in meadows yielded eight
species. These usually lived under stones and old logs in the
area. Exceptions were Oxyloma decampi gouldi w^hich crawls
about on the rushes and grasses in damp places, and Oreohelix
suhrudis which is to be found at the base of plants in the scant
protection afforded. Six species were found in small patches
of Sphagnum bog. Here the mollusks w^re crawling through
the moss.

Under the rather arid conditions that prevail in Wyoming,
moisture appears to be the limiting factor in the distribution of
terrestial gastropods. United States Weather Bureau Statistics
(1950) of the annual average precipitation within the twenty-
three counties range from 6.47 to 20.77 inches. Other conditions
being equal, hardwoods, particularly aspen, provide a preferred
habitat. Limestone or sedimentary rocks offer a more favor-
able substratum than granitic rocks.

Thirty-four species of terrestrial mollusca were identified, the
most common being Zonitoides arhoreus, Discus cronkhitei, Oreo-

July, 1957] THE NAUTILUS 21

helix suhrudis, Vitrina alaskana, and Euconulus fulvus var.
alaskensis.

Aquatic habitats with a mud or silt bottom seemed to provide
a more favorable location for fluvial species than did gravel or
sand bottoms. The latter conditions may be a reflection of the
swifter currents, leaving behind bare creek bed with a minimum
of vegetation to provide food and shelter. Only live mollusks
were counted as being present at any station, although dead ones
washed down from other localities were often present. Thirty-
nine species were collected, the most common being Pisidium
casertanum, Lymnaea palustris and var. Wyoming ensis, Gyraulus
vermicularis and Physa gyrina.

Field work for this report was carried out during a week's
stay in August of 1954 and 1955 at the Jackson Hole Biological
Research Station.

The author wishes to thank Dr. Alan A. Beetle for specimens
he and his students have collected in the course of his studies
at Jackson Hole. Mr. Ernest Roscoe, Dr. Herbert and Lorna
Levi, Dr. Wendell Gregg and Dr. George Baxter have con-
tributed material for identification and examination from their
collections. Some of Dr. Junius Henderson's material in the
University of Colorado was examined. Reverend H. B. Herr-
ington identified the Sphaeriidae, and Mr. Roscoe identified the
Oreohelix.

References

Baker, F. C. 1911. The Lymnaeidae of North and Middle
America. Recent and Fossil. Chicago Acad. Sci. Spec.
Publ. 3.

DuNNEWALD, T. J. 1934. Wyoming Soil Groups Map, personal
copy from the Department of Soils, University of Wyoming,
Laramie, Wyoming.

Fryxell, F. M. 1951. U. S. C. S. Topographic Map of the
Grand Teton National Park.

Henderson, J. 1924. Univ. Colo. Studies 13 (2).

Henderson, J. 1933. Nautilus, 47 (1) : 1-3.

. 1936. Supplement Univ. Colo. Studies 23 (2).

Levi, L. R. and Levi, H. W. 1951. Nautilus, 65 (2) : 60-65.

PiLSBRY, H. A. 1939-1948. Land Mollusca of North America.
North of Mexico. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia. Mono-
graphs 3.

Reed, J. F. 1952. American Midland Naturalist, 48 (3) : 700-
729.

22 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 71 (1)

Wyoming Dept. Agriculture. 1952. Agricultural and In-
dustrial Production and Miscellaneous Statistical Report.

CATALOGUE OF THE LAND MOLLUSCA
OF ARGENTINA

By J. J. PARODIZ

(Continued from April number)

Protoglyptus munsteri (Orbigny). Bulimus m. Orb., 1837, p.

14, figs. 4-7. Type loc. : Cordillera W. of Santa Cruz, Bolivia.

Distr. : S. Bolivia ; Salta.
P. crepundia (Orbigny). Helix (Cochlogena) c. Orb., 1835,

p. 14; Bulimulus (P.) c. Pilsbry, 1897, p. 90. Type loc. :

Llanos de Chiquitos, Bolivia. Distr. : S. Bolivia ; E. Salta.
P. punctustriatus Parodiz, 1946, p. 6, fig. 2. Type loc. : Puesto

Viejo, Jujuy.
P. ramosae, Hylton Scott, 1952, p. 23, fig. 6. Type loc. : Pocitos,

Salta.
P. {Ri)natula) montivagiis (Orbigny). Helix (Cochlogena) m.

Orb., 1835, p. 14; Bulimulus (P.) m. Pilsbry, 1897, p. 90.

Type loc: Cavallu Cuatia, N.W. Entre Rios. Distr.: S. Brazil;

Bolivia; Paraguay; Tucuman; Stgo. del Estero, Entre Rios,

Corrientes.
P. (R.) oxylahris (Doering). Bulimulus (Scutalus) o. Doer.,

1879, p. 65. Type loc. : Sierra Chica, Cordoba. Distr. : N.W.

Cordoba. Bid. centralis Doering is the same species.
P. (P.) pollonerae (Ancey). Bulimulus p. Anc, 1897, pi. 17,

fig. 10; Bulimulus (P.) p. Pilsbry, 1901, p. 148. Type loc. :

San Lorenzo, Jujuy. Distr.: E. Jujuy, Salta.
P. {Ohstrussus) rocayanus (Orbigny). Helix r. Orb., 1835, p.

13 ; Bulimulus r. Pilsbry, 1897, p. 321, pi. 44, figs. 4-5. Type

loc. : Woods along Rio Grande, Bolivia. Distr. : Bolivia ; Salta.
P. (0.) chacoensis (Ancey). Bulimulus montivagus c. Anc,

1879, p. 16 (not B. c. Preston = Drymaeus horellii Anc) ; P.

(0.) c. Parodiz, 1946, pi. 1, fig. 9. Type loc: Caiza, Bolivia.

Distr. : Salta.
Peronaeus scalarioides (Philippi). Bulimulus s. Phil., 1867,

p. 67; P. s. Parodiz, 1946, p. 336, pi. 2, fig. 8. Type loc. :

Conchuco, Peru. Distr. : Catamarca.
P. famatinus (Doering). Bulimulus (P.) /. Doer., 1879, p. 63.

P. /. Parodiz, 1947, p. 339, pi. 1, fig. 3. Type loc: Sierra

Velazco, La Rioja.
P. calchaquinus (Doering). Bulimulus (P.) c. Doer., 1879, p.

64. Type loc : Sierra Belen, Catamarca. References under

famatimis, Par. 1947.

July, 1957] THE NAUTILUS 23

p. monticola (Doering). Bulimulus m. Doer., 1879, p. 69; P. m.
Parodiz, 1947, p. 8, pi. 1, fig. 4. Type loc. : Sierra de Grana-
dillos, Famatina, Catamarca. Distr. : Catamarca, Mendoza,
San Juan, (La Rioja ?).

P. cordillerae (Strobel). Bulimulus (Mesemhrinus) c. Str.,
1874, p. 22, pi. 1, fig. 3 ; P. c. Parodiz, 1947, p. 8, pi. 1, fig. 5.
Type loc. : Villavieencio, Mendoza. Distr. : Mendoza, San Juan.

P. (Lissoacme) albicans (Broderip). Bulimus a. Brod., 1832,
p. 105; P. (L.) a. Parodiz, p. 339. Type loc: Copiapo, Chile.
Distr. : San Juan.

P. (L.) toraUyi draparnaudi (Pfeiffer). Bulimulus d. Pfr.,
1846, p. 113; P. (L.) t. d. Parodiz, 1947, p. 18. Type loc.:
Chilon, Bolivia. Distr. : Bolivia ; Salta, Jujuy.

P. {L.) t. nigroumhilicatus (Preston). Bulimulus (Drymaeus)
n. Preston, 1907, p. 491 (homonym: P. (L.) t. n. Parodiz,
1947, p. 20, fig. 10). Type loc: Embarcacion, Salta. Distr.:
Bolivia ; Salta, Jujuy.

P. (L.) t. corrugaUis Parodiz, 1947, p. 19, pi. 1, fig. 9. Type
loc. : Villa Nogues, Tucuman.

P. (L.) t. avus Parodiz, 1947, p. 20. Type loc. : Cachi, Salta.

P. (L.) tortoranus (Doering), 1879, p. 71; P. (L.) t. Parodiz,
1947, p. 12. Type loc: Sierra Pocho, Cordoba. Distr.: S.
Catamarca, Cordoba, San Luis, (E. La Rioja ?).

P. {L.) mendozanus (Strobel). Bulimulus (Eudioptus) m. Str.,
1874, p. 23; P. (L.) m. Parodiz, 1947, p. 26. Type loc: Vil-
lavieencio, Mend.

P. (L.) azulensis (Doering). Eudioptus mendozanus azulensis
Doering, 1881, p. 62; P. (L.) a. Parodiz, 1947, p. 27. Type
loc. : Cerro Sotoya, between Azul and Olavarria, Buenos Aires.
Distr. : Sierras of Tandil and La Ventana. E. m. honaerensis
Doer., 1884, p. Ill from Cerro Las Aguilas, Tandil, is only
a form of azulensis. Another related species is the very rare
^'Bulimus fayssianus" Petit de la Saussaye, 1853, p. 251,
from the ''zone of the Plata." If proved all these are one and
the same species, then the name fayssianus shall have priority.

P. (L.) curamalalensis, new name pro Bulimulus honaerensis
Holmberg, 1909, p. 10 (not Eudioptus mendozanus honaerensis
Doer., now syn. of P. (L.) azulensis Doer.) ; P. (L.) honaeren-
sis Parodiz, 1947, p. 22, pi. 1, figs. 11-12. The name Buli-
mulus honariensis (Rafinesque) is to be maintained on account
of its different spelling.

P. (L.) horellii (Ancey). Bulimuhis h. Anc, 1895, p. 13;
Drymaeus h. Pilsbry 1898, p. 279, pi. 26, figs. 77-78. Type
loc. : Mission San Francisco, Pilcomayo River. Distr. : Jujuy.

P. (L,) aguirrei (Doering). Eudioptus a. Doer., 1884, p. 112;
P. (L.) a. Parodiz, 1947, p. 24. Type loc. : Sierra Tandil,
S. Buenos Aires. Distr. : Buenos Aires, S.E. La Pampa.

24 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 71 (1)

P. (L.) ameghinoi (Ihering). Bulimulus a. Ih., 1908, p. 430;

P. (L.) a. Parodiz, 1947, p. 23. Type loc. : Ravines of Arroyo

Chapalmalal, Buenos Aires (pleistocene). Distr. : (living)

along the coast from Gulf San Matias to Sanguinetto Bay,

Santa Cruz.
Pa. (L.) a. madrynensis (Parodiz), 1944, p. 3 (as Bulimulus

(L.) ; P. (L.) a. m. Parodiz, 1947, p. 24. Type loc: El Dora-

dillo, near Puerto Madryn, Golfo Nuevo, Chubut.
P. (L.) climacographus (Holmberg). Bulimulus (Mesemhrinus)

c. Hoi., 1912, p. 147; P. (L.) c. Parodiz, 1947, p. 15. Type

loc. : Rio de las Piedras, Salta. Distr. : Salta, Tucuman.
P. (L.) reedi Parodiz, 1947, p. 10, pi. 1, fig. 6. Type loc. : La

Cueva, Mendoza.
P. (L.) puntanus Parodiz, 1947, p. 13, pi. 1, fig. 8. Type loc:

Cerro del Morro, N.E. San Luis.
P. (L.) hirabeni Hylton Scott, 1948, p. 272, figs. 4-10. Type

loc : Embarcacion, N.E. Salta.
Platyhostryx "^ cuyana (Strobel). Helix c. Str., 1874, p. 11,

pi. 1, fig. 2; Bostryx (P.) c. H. Scott, 1954, p. 408, figs. 5-6.

Type loc. : Villavicencio, Mendoza. Distr. : Pre-cordillera of

Mendoza.
P. doelloi (Hylton Scott). Bostryx (P.) d. H. Scott, 1954,

p. 412, figs. 1-4. Type loc : Cerro Pelado, Mendoza.
Kuschelenia simulans Hylton Scott, 1951, p. 539, figs. 1-4. Type

loc: Potosi, S. Bolivia. Distr.: Bolivia; Peru; probably N.

Argentina.
Plectostylus mariae S. T. Brooks, 1936, p. 124, fig. 1. Type loc :

San Esteban, S. Chile. Distr.; Neuquen. Syn: P. argeyitinensis

Parodiz, 1951, p. 334, 1 fig. from San Martin de Los Andes,

Neuquen.
Drymaeus ahyssorum (Orbigny). Helix a. Orb., 1835, p. 17;

D. a. Pilsbry, 1898, p. 192. Type loc : Pampa Ruiz, Rio

Grande, Bolivia. Distr. : Bolivia ; Jujuy.
D. papyraceus (Mawe). Helix p. Mawe, 1823, p. 168; D. p.

Pilsbry, 1898, p. 250. Type loc. : Probably Rio de Janeiro.

Distr.: Brazil; Uruguay; Corrientes, Entre Rios, Martin

Garcia Island in La Plata River.
D. p. papyrif actus Pilsbry, 1898, p. 252, pi. 51, figs. 4—5. Type

loc. : Curitiba, Parana, Brazil. Distr. : Brazil, Uruguay,

Buenos Aires.
D. hygrohylaeus (Orbigny). Helix h. Orb., 1835, p. 18; D. k.

Pilsbry, 1898, p. 194. Type loc. : North of Chiquitos, Santa

Cruz, Bolivia. Distr. : Salta, Jujuy. D. harringtoni Marshall,

1930 is the same sp.

4 The type of Bostryx [Bulimus (Bostryx) solutus Troschel] is entirely
distinct from that of the type of Platybostryx [Bostryx crcmothauma
FilshTy = Helix reentsi Phil.]. Here are separated as different genera
rather than subgenera.

July, 1957] THE NAUTILUS 25

D. hyltoni, new name pro D. alahastrinus H. Scott, 1952, p. 25
(not D. alahastrinus Da Costa, 1907). Type loc. : Tartagal,
Salta.

D. poecilus (Orbigny). Helix (Cochlogena) p. Orb., 1835, p.
11; D. p. Pilsbry, 1898, p. 285. Type loc: Santa Cruz,
Bolivia. Distr. : E. Bolivia to Catamarca, Argentina. D. p.
p. is p. major Orb.

D. p. minor (Orbigny). Bulimus p. m. Orb., 1837, p. 268, pi. 31,
fig. 6. Type loc. : Along Rio Grande between Sta, Cruz and
Chuquitos, Bolivia. Distr. : E. Bolivia to Paraguay River.

D. p. ictericus (Ancey). Bulimuhis p. i. Anc, 1892, p. 92.
Type loc. : Matto Grosso, Brazil. Distr. : Eastern margin of
Paraguay River. This subspecies belongs to figs. 5 and 9 in
Orbigny, 1837.

D. oreades (Orbigny). Helix o. Orb., 1835, p. 11; Z>. o. Pilsbry,
1897, p. 277, pi. 44, figs. 95-96. Type loc: ''near San
Roque," Corrientes. Distr.: N.E. Argentina; S. Brazil.

D. lynchi Parodiz, 1946, p. 1, pi. 1, figs. 1-3. Type loc. : Pozo de
Vargas, between Rivers Parapet! and Grande, Bolivia. Distr. :
E. to Matto Grosso ; S. to the Argentine border.

D. interpunctus (Martens). Btdimulus i. Mart., 1866, p. 161;
D. i. Pilsbry, 1898, p. 287. Type loc. : Piracicaba, Sao Paulo,
Brazil. Distr. : S. Brazil ; Uruguay, Misiones.

Cyclodontina {Spixia) spixii (Orbigny). Helix s. Orb., 1835,
p. 21; C. (8.) s. Parodiz, 1944, p. 5. Type loc: Chiquitos,
Bolivia. Distr. : Bolivia ; Paraguay ; Brazil ; Salta, Santiago
del Estero.

C. (S.) s. major (Orbigny). Helix s. m. Orb., 1835, p. 21;
Odontostomus {8.) s. m. Parodiz, 1942, p. 201, fig. 7. Type
loc. : (selected) Vicinity of Santa Lucia River, Corrientes.
Distr. : S.E. Bolivia ; Paraguay ; Corrientes, Misiones, Salta.

C. (8.) s. minor (Orbigny). 1835, p. 21; 0. (8.) 8. m. Parodiz,
1942, p. 201, pi. 2, fig. 9. Type loc: Between Sto. Corazon
and San Juan, Chiquitos, Bolivia. Distr. : Parana, Entre
Rios, subfossil, pleistocene.

C. (8.) alvarezi (Orbigny). Helix a. Orb., 1835, p. 22; 0. (8.)
a. Parodiz, 1942, p. 202, pi. 2, fig. 10 (text fig. 2). Type loc:
Feliciano, Entre Rios. Distr.: Cordoba, Stgo. del Estero, E.
Rios.

C. (8.) cala Hylton Scott, 1952, p. 12, pi. 2, fig. 2. Type loc:
Copacabana, Cordoba.

C. (8.) charpenUeri (Grateloup). Bulimus c. Grat. in Pfeiffer,
1850, p. 14; C. (8.) c. Parodiz, 1946, p. 11, figs. 3-5. Type
loc. : Cordoba. Distr. : San Luis, Cordoba, Catamarca ; Uru-
guay ; subfossil in pleistocene of Buenos Aires and holocene of
Cordoba.

C. {8.) kuhnholtziana (Crosse). Bulimus k. Cr., 1870, p. 301;
0. (8.) k. Parodiz, 1942, p. 324, pi. 4, fig. 30. Type loc:

20 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 71 (1)

Montevideo. Distr. : Uruguay ; closely related to the Spixia

of Cordoba.
C. (S.) columellaris (Parodiz). Odontosiomus (S.) c. Par.,

1941, p. 94, pi. 7, figs. 1-4 and 6-7. Type loc. : Minas de

Cobre, Cordoba.
C. (S.) philippii (Doering). Odontostoimis p. Doer., 1875, p.

456; 0. (S.) p. Parodiz, 1942, p. 205, pi. 4, fig. 29 (text fig. 4).

Type loc. : Granitic hills near Totoral, Cruz del Eje, Cordoba.

Distr. : Sierras of N.E. Cordoba.
C. (S.) duhia Hylton Scott, 1948, p. 235, pi. 1, figs. 9-10. Type

loc. : Cerro Colorado, S.E. Salta.
C. (S.) maculosa (Doering). Odontostomus m. Doer., 1875, p.

455; 0. (S.) m. Parodiz, 1942, p. 205, pi. 4, fig. 32 (text fig. 5).

Type loc. : Valle del Arroyo Reduccion, Sierra Chica, Cordoba.

Distr.: Cordoba, (San Luis ?).
C. (S.) pyriformis (Pilsbry). Odontosiomus {S.) p. Pils., (n.n.

pro Bulimus (0.) doeringi Kobelt, 1882, not doeringi Kob.,

1878 = phUippii), 1901, p. 72, figs. 71-72. Type loc. : ''Sierra

de Cordoba," probably mislabelled since the species is not

found in Cordoba. Distr. : Tucuman, Salta.
C. (S.) tumuloruyn (Doering). Odontostomus t. Doer., 1875,

p. 456; 0. {S.) t. Parodiz, 1942, p. 211, pi. 2, fig. 12.^ Type

loc. : Western slope of Sierra de la Rioja. Distr. : Cordoba,

La Rioja.
C. (S.) t. champaquiana (Doering). Odontostomus champaqui-

amis Doer., 1877, p. 249; 0. (8.) t. c. Parodiz, 1942, p. 213,

pi. 2, figs. 11, 14. Type loc. : Cerro Champaqui, Cordoba.

Distr. : Cordoba, San Luis, Catamarca, La Rioja.
C. (S.) t. profundidens (Doering). Odontostomus p. Doer.,

1875, p. 455; 0. (S.) t. p. Parodiz, 1942, p. 213, pi. 2, figs. 13,

16. Type loc. : Sierra Achala, Cordoba. Distr. : W. Cordoba.
C. (S.) pyrgula Hylton Scott, 1952, p. 8, pi. 2, fig. 1, pi. 3, figs.

1-2. Type loc. : Orcosuni, on the road to Dean Funes, N.

Cordoba.
C. (8.) pucarana (Doering). Odontostomus pucuranus Doer.,

1875, p. 454; 0. (8.) p. Parodiz, 1942, p. 214, pi. 4, figs. 35-

36. Type loc. : Valley of Rio Primero. Distr. : W. Cordoba.
C. (8.) pucarana olainensis (Doering). 0. o. Doer., 1875, p.

454; 0. (;Sf.) 0. Parodiz, 1942, p. 216, pi. 4, fig. 35. Type loc:

Pampa de Olaen, high plateau of Sierra Grande, Cordoba.
C. (8.) doello-juradoi (Parodiz). Odo7itostomus d-j. Par., 1941,

p. 93, pi. 7, figs. 11, 14, 15, 18. Type loc. : Casa Grande, be-
tween Cosquin and La Falda, western slope of Sierra Chica,

Cordoba.
C. (8.) d-j. minor (Parodiz). 0. (8.) d-j. m. Par., 1941, p. 94,

pi. 7, fig. 17. Type loc. : Pampa de Pocho, Cordoba Distr. :

Cordoba, San Luis.
C. (8.) martensi (Doering). Odontostomus m. Doer., 1875, p.

456; 0. {8.) m. Parodiz, 1942, p. 323, pi. 1, fig. 2. Type loc:

July, 1957] THE NAUTILUS 27

Totoral, Cordoba. Distr. : Cordoba, Catamarca, Tueuman ;

Uruguay, ( pleistocene ) .
C. (8.) tucumanensis (Parodiz). 0. (8.) t. Par., 1941, p. 92,

pi. 7, figs. 10-12, 13, 16. Type loc. : Margins of Rio Sail, near

Tueuman city; subfossil in pleistocene of Parana, Entre Rios.
C. (8.) riojana (Doering). Odontostomus r. Doer., 1875, p.

454; 0. (^S'.) r. Parodiz, 1942, p. 327, pi. 4, fig. 33. Type loc:

Sierra La Rioja.
C. (8.) reticulata (Doering). 0. r. Doer., 1877, p. 250; 0. (8.)

r. Parodiz, 1942, p. 207, pi. 4, fig. 37. Type loc. : Heights of

Tablada and Plumeria, eastern slope of Sierra Aconjigasta,

Cordoba. Distr. : N.W. Cordoba, Catamarca.
C. (8.) aconjigastana (Doering). 0. a. Doer., 1877, p. 245;

0. (8.) a. Parodiz, 1942, p. 209, pi. 4, fig. 34. Type loc. :

Sierra Aconjigasta. Distr. : Cordoba, San Luis.
C. (8.) multispirata (Doering). 0. m. Doer., 1877, p. 245;

0. (8.) m. Parodiz, 1942, p. 210, pi. 4, fig. 31. Type loc:

Aconjigasta, Cordoba.
C. (8.) pervarians (Haas). 0. (8.) p. Haas, 1936, p. 151;

Parodiz, 1942, p. 210. Type loc: Sierra de Achala, N.W.

Cordoba (not ^'Salta").
C. (8.) Jwlmhergi (Parodiz). 0. (8.) h. Par., 1941, p. 92, pL 7,

figs. 2, 5, 8, 9. Type loc : Minas de Cobre, Cordoba.
C. (8.) chancanina (Doering). Bulijnus (0.) c. Doer., 1876,

p. 248; C. (8.) c. Parodiz, 1948, p. 1, figs. 1-3. Type loc:

Chancani, W. of Sierra de Pocho, Cordoba.
C. (>S'.) achalana (Doering). 0. a. Doer., 1877, p. 243; 0. (8.) a.

Parodiz, 1942, p. 326, fig. 23. Type loc: Quebrada Musi,

Sierra de Achala, Cordoba.
C. (8.) popana (Doering). 0. p. Doer., 1877, p. 244; 0. (8.)

p. Parodiz, 1942, p. 328. Type loc. : Cerro de Popa, Sierra de

Pocho, Cordoba. Distr. : W. Cordoba, Catamarca.
C. (8.) herghi (Doering). 0. h. Doer., 1877, p. 246; 0. (8.) h.

Parodiz, 1942, p. 329, pi. 3, fig. 26. Type loc. : N.W. Cordoba.
C. (8.) salinicola (Doering). 0. s. Doer., 1877, p. 247; 0. (8.)

s. Parodiz, 1942, p. 330, pi. 2, fig. 23. Type loc. : Salinas

Chancani, Cordoba.
C (8.) koheltiana (Doering). Bulimiis k. Doer, in Kobelt,

1888, p. 291; 0. (8.) k. Parodiz, 1942, p. 331, text fig. 14.

Type loc. : Not indicated. Distr. : Few specimens from Salta,

aff. to koheltiana.
C. {8pixinella) parodizi Hylton Scott, 1952, p. 13, pi. 1, fig. 3,

text fig. 3. Type loc. : Casas Viejas, Cordoba.
C. (Bahiensis) guarani (Orbigny). Helix g. Orb., 1835, p. 21;

Odontostomus (B.) g. Parodiz, 1942, p. 332, pi. 3, fig. 25, text

fig. 15. Type loc. : On Parana River at Corrientes-Misiones

border (probably Ituzaingo and Posadas). Distr.: Corrientes,

Misiones ; Paraguay.

28 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 71 (1)

C. (Ventania) avcllanedae (Doering). Eudioptus a. Doer.,

1881, p. 64; Odontostomus {V .) a. Parodiz, 1940, p. 227, figs.

1, 2, 5. Type loc. : Sierra Ventana, S.W. Buenos Aires.

Distr. : Sierras Ventana, de las Tunas, Currumalal.
C. (Plagiodontes) dentata (Wood). Helix d. Wood, 1828, pi. 8,

fig. 71; Odontostomus (P.) d. Parodiz, 1939, p. 715, pi. 1, fig.

g. Type loc. : Not indicated. Distr. : Entre Rios, N.E. Buenos

Aires; Uruguay.
C (P.) d. teisserei (Marshall). Odontostomus (P.) t. Mars.,

1930, p. 718; 0. (P.) d. t. Parodiz, 1939, p. 717. Type loc:

Punta Chaparro, Uruguay.
C. (P.) rocae (Doering). Plagiodontes r. Doer., 1881, p. 65,

pi. 1, figs. 5-6; 0. (P.) r. Parodiz, 1939, p. 718, text. fig. 3.

Type loc. : S. slope of Sierra Currumalal, S.W. Buenos Aires.

Distr. : Sierras de la Ventana and Currumalal ; Pigiie.
C (P.) patagonica (Orbigny). Helix p. Orb., 1835, p. 32; 0.

(P.) p. Parodiz, 1939, p. 720, pi. 1, fig. f. Type loc: Bahia

Blanca. Distr. : S.W. Buenos Aires, and pleistocene of some

region.
C. (P.) p. magna (Hylton Scott). Plagiodontes p. ynagnus H.

Scott, 1952, p. 18, figs. 4-5. Type loc. : Sierra Ventana, S.W.

Buenos Aires.
C. (P.) multipUcata (Doering). 0. m. Doer., 1875, p. 196; 0.

(P.) m. Parodiz, 1939, p. 718, pi. 1, fig. c Type loc: Cerro

Chepe, La Rioja. Distr. : La Rioja, Catamarca, Cordoba,

Santiago del Estero.
C. (P.) m. crassa Hylton Scott, 1948, p. 236. Type loc. : Cerro

Colorado, Salta.
C. (P.) m. parva (Hylton Scott). P. m. parvus H. Scott, 1952,

p. 17, pi. 1, fig. 4. Type loc. : India Muerta, Asusques, Stago.

del Estero.
C. (P.) daedalea (Deshayes). Pupa d. Desli. in Ferussac, 1820,

p. 217 ; 0. (P.) d. Parodiz, 1939, p. 721, pi. 1, figs, a, b, text fig.

6. Type loc : ?. Distr. : Cordoba, San Luis, Catamarca, Stago.

del Estero, Tucuman.
C. (P.) d. major (Strobel). Bulimus (0.) d. m. Str., 1874, p.

16; 0. (P.) d. m. Parodiz, 1939, p. 722, pi. 1, fig. b. Type

loc. : Cerro del Morro, San Luis.
C. (P.) d. costata (Hylton Scott). P. d. c. H. Scott, 1952, p. 16.

Type loc. : Copacabana, Cordoba.
C. (P.) hrackehuschi (Doering). 0. h. Doer., 1877, p. 240;

0. (P.) h. Parodiz, 1939, p. 728. Type loc: San Francisco,

Sierra de San Luis. Distr. : San Luis, Cordoba, Santiago del

Estero.
C. (P.) weyemherghi (Doering). Plagiodontes iv. Doer., 1875,

p. 241 ; 0. (P.) w. Parodiz, 1939, p. 728. Type loc. : Sierra de

Aconjigasta, Cordoba. Distr. : Cordoba, San Luis, Santiago del

Estero.

July, 1957] THE NAUTILUS 29

C. (F.) w. minor (Parodiz). 0. (P.) w. m. Par., 1939, p. 729,

pi. 1, d. Type loc. : Capilla del Monte, Cordoba.
C. {Scalar inella) cordovana (Pfeiffer). Bulinuis cordovanus

Pfr., 1855, p. 149; 0. (S.) c. Pilsbry, 1901, p. 66. Type loc.:

Cordoba, Argentina, (the designation of "Cordova, Vera Cruz,

Mexico" by Pfr. was a mistake). Distr. : Sierras of N.

Cordoba.
C (S.) c. stelzneri (Doering). Clessinia stelzneri Doer., 1875,

p. 250; 0. (S.) c. s. Parodiz, 1939, p. 732. Type loc: Serre-

zuela, Cordoba.
C. (S.) c. striata (Parodiz). 0. {8.) c. s. Par., 1939, p. 733.

Type loc. : Sierras of northern Cordoba.
C. (S.) nattkemperi Parodiz, 1944, p. 1, fig. 1. Type loc:

Pomancillo, near Catamarca, city.
Pilshrylia paradoxa Hylton Scott, 1952, p. 6, lam. 1, fig. 2.

Type loc. : Las Capillas, Jujuy.
Odontost omits odont ostomies jorgensenianus Holmberg. 0. (Ma-

crodontes) j. HoL, 1912, p. 15, figs. 11-13; M. o. j. Parodiz,

1942, p. 338, pi. 3, fig. 24. Type loc: Bompland, Misiones.

Distr. : Misiones ; Paraguay.

Pleurodontidae

Solaropsis heliaca minor (Orbigny). Helix h. m. Orb., 1837, p.
244; H. (S.) h. Pilsbry, 1889, p. 185. Type loc: Surround-
ings of Laguna Ibera, N. Corrientes. Distr. : Corrientes,
Misiones, Chaco, Formosa; Paraguay; E. Bolivia.

Helminthoglyptidae

Epiphragmopliora trenquelleonis (Grateloup). Helix t. Grat.

in Pfeiffer, 1851, p. 13 ; E. t. Pilsbry, 1888, p. 82. Type loc :

Cordoba. Distr. : Cordoba, San Luis, Stgo. del Estero, La

Rioja, Catamarca, Salta.
E. t. hidalgonis (Doering). Helix (Eurycampta) Ji. Doer.,

Doer., 1875, p. 5. Type loc: Sierra Chica, Cordoba (probably

near Cordoba city).
E. t. rhathymos (Holmberg). Helix (Eurycampta) r. HoL,

1912, p. 20 [=E. monographa Doering; not H. monographa

Burmeister which is the typical trenquelleonis] . Type loc :

El Desmonte, Catamarca. Distr. : Catamarca, Cordoba, Salta.
E. puntana (Holmberg). Helix {Coclilea-Eurycampta) p. HoL,

1912, p. 9. Type loc : Cerro Volcan, San Luis. Distr. : San

Luis, Cordoba, La Rioja.
E. hiraheni Parodiz, 1955, p. 93, fig. 1. Type loc. : Quebrada de

la Hoyada, Catamarca.
E. hieronymi Doering, 1875, p. 447. Type loc : Quebrada del

Tala, Catamarca. Distr. : Catamarca, Cordoba, San Luis, La

Rioja (= Aglaja yocotulana Doer., 1875, p. 446).

30 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 71 (1)

E. viUavilensis Parodiz, 1955, p. 94 fig. 1. Type loc. : Villavil,
Depto. Andalgala, Catamarca.

E. puella Hylton Scott, 1951, p. 253, figs. 1-3. Type loc. :
Quebrada de la Cebila, Catamarca.

E. proseni Hylton Scott, 1951, p. 258, fig. 3'. Type loc: Tum-
baya, Quebrada de Humahuaca, Jujuy.

E. hemiclausa Hylton Scott, new name pro E. semiclausa H.
Scott, 1951, p. 257, fig. 3- [not Lysinoe semiclausa Martens,
1869, now in E.]. The change of the name is made here by
advice of the author of the species; therefore Hylton Scott
retains authorship. Type loc. : La Vina, Catamarca.

E. trigrammepliora (Orbigny). Helix t. Orb., 1835, p. 22; E.
t. Ancey, 1897, p. 3, 10. Type loc. : Margins of Rio Grande,
Bolivia. Distr. : Jujuy, Salta, Tucuman, Santiago del Estero.

E. t. cryptomphala Ancey. E. c. Anc, 1897, p. 4. Type loc. :
Zone of River San Lorenzo, Jujuy. Distr. : S. Bolivia ; Jujuy,
Salta.

E. t. monozona Ancey, 1897, p. 3. Type loc. : Mission San Fran-
cisco, Upper Pilcomayo, Bolivia. Distr.: Bolivia-Argentina
border.

E. tucumanensis (Doering). Aglaja estella t. Doer., 1874, p.
445 ; E. t. Pilsbry, 1894, p. 198. Type loc. : San Javier, Taf i,
Tucuman. Distr. : W. Tucuman.

E. argentina (Holmberg). Helix a. Hoi., 1909, p. 91. Type
loc. : Tapia, Tucuman. Distr. : Tucuman, Santiago del Estero.

E. saltana Ancey, 1897, p. 9, figs. 6-7. Type loc. : Tala, Salta.

{To he concluded)

TYPES OF MOLLUSKS DESCRIBED BY F. C. BAKER
PART II, UNIVERSITY OF WISCONSIN^

By DOROTHEA S. FRANZEN

Illinois Wesleyan University

In 1920 the Wisconsin Geological and Natural History Survey
induced Dr. Frank C. Baker to study and prepare a report of
the fresh water Mollusca of Wisconsin. His studies of that
fauna resulted in his describing numerous species and sub-
species. Many of those holotypes and paratypes are deposited
in the Museum of The Wisconsin Geological and Natural History
Survey, University of Wisconsin. Because there has been no

1 Expenses incurred in travel necessary to prepare this list have been
covered by Grant-in-Aid of the Illinois State Academy of Science.

July, 1957] THE NAUTILUS 31

listing of such, types, I have prepared the following list. The
procedure has been that followed in the preparation of Part I
of this series. Dr. Baker used the term type to designate the
holotype, therefore, that term is used here and also as a means
to conserve space as suggested by the editor.

Gastropoda

Amnicola greenensis Baker, 1928, Bull. Wis. Geol. Nat. Hist.
Survey 70 (1) : 113-114, pi. 6, figs. 32, 33 ; text fig. 47, 13.

Type : 4544. Paratype : 4545 ; also Univ. of 111. Z-16222.

Type locality: Off Sherwood Forest Hotel, Green Lake, Green
Lake Co., Wis. (F. C. Baker and C. Juday ! 2).

Amnicola limosa superiorensis Baker, 1928, Bull. Wis. Geol. Nat.
Hist. Survey 70 (1) : 101-102, pi. 6, figs. 9-11; pi. 7, figs.
22, 23.
Type: 4529 (female). Paratypes: 4529 (two females); also
Univ. of ni. Z-13375.

Type locality : 1 mi. N. of Bayfield, Bayfield Co., Wis. on shore
of Lake Superior (F. C. Baker! July, 1921).
Campeloma hrevispirum Baker, 1928, Bull. Wis. Geol. Nat. Hist.
Survey 70 (1) : 74-76, pi. 5, figs. 13-18; text fig. 32.
Type: 4573 (female). Paratypes: 4573; also Univ. of 111.
Z-18297.

Type locality : Mouth of small creek, Mirror Lake, Fern Glen,
Sauk Co., Wis. (F. C. Baker! 1922).

Cincinnatia emarginata lacustris Baker, 1928, Bull. Wis. Geol.
Nat. Hist. Survey 70 (1) : 127-130, pi. 7, figs. 20, 21; text
figs. 54, 3, 4 ; 55, 56.
Type 4531 (male). Paratypes: 4531; also Univ. of 111.
Z-12676.

Type locality: Winnebago Lake, near Oshkosh, Wis. (F. C.
Baker! 1920).

Goniohasis livescens harronensis Baker, 1928, Bull. Wis. Geol.
Nat. Hist. Survey 70 (1) : 186-187, pi. 9, figs. 33-36.

Type: 4722a. Paratypes: 4722b; also Univ. of 111. Z-13430.

Type locality: One and one-half mi. below bridge W. of
Chetek, Red Cedar River, Barron Co., Wis. (F. C. Baker! Aug.
1921).

Goniohasis livescens michiganensis Baker, 1928, Bull. Wis. Geol.
Nat. Hist. Survey 70 (1) : 183-184, pi. 9, figs. 27-32.

Type : 4520a. Paratypes : 4520b.

Type locality: Lake Michigan shore, E. of Sturgeon Bay, N.
of Ship Canal, Door Co., Wis. (F. C. Baker! Aug., 1922).

2 The collectors.

32 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 71 (1)

Helisoma antrosa shellensis Baker, 1927, Naut. 40 (3) : 86.

Type: 4627. Paratypes: 4627; also Univ. of 111. Z-19354;
A.N.S.P.2 141566.

Type locality: Shell Lake, Washburn Co., Wis. (F. C. Baker!).

Lioplax suhcarinata wisconsinensis Baker, 1928, Bull. Wis. Geol.
Nat. Hist. Survey 70 (1) : 50-52, pi. 3, figs. 1-9.
Type : 437. Paratype : 437.
Type locality: Fox River, Brown Co., Wis. (Geo. Marston!).

Physella hayfieldensis Baker, 1928, Bull. Wis. Geol. Nat. Hist.
Survey 70 (1) : 442-445, pi. 27, figs. 1-7, text fig. 194.

Type: 4592. Paratypes: 4593; also Univ. of 111. Z-13398.

Type locality: Pike Creek, near Bayfield, Bayfield Co., Wis.
(F. C. Baker!).

Physella chetekensis Baker, 1928, Bull. Wis. Geol. Nat. Hist.
Survey 70 (1) : 440-442, pi. 27, figs. 8-13, text fig. 193.

Type : 4595. Paratypes : 4596 ; also Univ. of 111. Z-16696.

Type locality: Moose Ear Creek, between Taber and Chetek
lakes, Barron Co., Wis. (F. C. Baker!).

Physella laphami Baker, 1928, Bull. Wis. Geol. Nat. Hist. Survey
70 (1) : 420-424, pi. 25, figs. 1-5.
Type: 4578a. Paratypes: 4578b.
Type locality: Hancock, Waushara Co., Wis. (D. S. Bullock!).

Physella ohrussoides Baker, 1928, Bull. Wis. Geol. Nat. Hist.
Survey 70 (1) : 445-447, pi. 27, figs. 25-29, text fig. 195.

Type: 4598. Paratypes: 4599.

Type locality: Winnebago Lake, Hatchery Bay, Oshkosh,
Winnebago Co., Wis. (F. C. Baker!).

Stagnicola walkeriana Baker, 1926, Naut. 39 (4) : 119-121.

Type: 4695. Paratypes: 4695; also A.N.S.P. 140268; Univ.
of 111. Z-19437.

Type locality: Lake Superior, Madeline Island, near Bayfield,
Bayfield Co., Wis. (F. C. Baker!).

Valvata tricarinata mediocarinata Baker, 1928, Bull. Wis. Geol.
Nat. Hist. Survey 70 (1) : 17, pi. 1, fig. 7.

Type : 4704. Paratype : Univ. of 111. Z-12773.

Type locality : Lower Asylum Bay, Lake Winnebago, Wis.
(F. C. Baker!).

Valvata tvinnehagoensis Baker, 1928, Bull. Wis. Geol. Nat. Hist.
Survey 70 (1) : 475-476, pi. 1, figs. 11-13.
Lectotype (by present designation) : 4555a. Syntypes: 4555b.
Type locality: North shore Miller Bay, Winnebago Lake, Wis.
(F. C. Baker!).

3 Academy Natural Science of Philadelphia.

July, 1957] THE NAUTILUS 33

Pelecypoda

Alasmidonta calceolus magnalacustris Baker, 1928, Bull. Wis.
Geol. Nat. Hist. Survey 70 (2) : 188-189, pi. 72, figs. 12-16;
pi. 69, fig. 3.
Type: 933a (female). Paratype : 933b (immature female);
also Univ. of 111. Z-18056.

Type locality: Sturgeon Bay, Door Co., Wis. (F. C. Baker!
Aug., 1922).

Alasmidonta marginata variabilis Baker, 1928, Bull. Wis. Geol.
Nat. Hist. Survey 70 (2) : 194-196, pi. 69, figs. ^9.

Lectotype (by present designation) : 935a (female). Syn-
type : 935b (male). Paratypes: 935 c, d, e; also Univ. of 111.
Z-18031. (933b, the other one of two shells designated by Baker
as types, is hereby designated as a syntype. The other shells
were designated by Baker as paratypes.)

Type locality : Red Cedar River near Chetak, Barron Co., Wis.
(F. C. Baker! Aug., 1921).

Anondontoides hirgei Baker, 1923, Naut. 36 (4) : 123-125.

Type: 930a. Paratypes: 930b, c.

Type locality: West of bridge. Sturgeon Bay, Door Co., Wis.
(F. C. Baker! 1922).

Fiisconaia undata wagneri Baker, 1928, Bull. Wis. Geol. Nat.
Hist. Survey 70 (2) : 64-66, pi. 40, figs. 1-3.

Type: 344b. Paratypes: 344c, d; also Univ. of 111. Z-14016,
Z-14017.

Type locality : Lake Pepin, near Lake City, Minn. ( Geo. Wag-
ner!).

Lasmigona costata niida Baker, 1928, Bull. Wis. Geol. Nat. Hist.
Survey 70 (2) : 145-147, pi. 59, figs. 3-6, text fig. 224.

Type: 900 (male). Paratypes: 901, 902, 903, 904.

Type locality: Red Cedar River, W. of Chetek, Barron Co.,
Wis. (F. C. Baker! 1921).

Lasmigona costata pepinensis Baker, 1928, Bull. Wis. Geol. Nat.
Hist. Survey 70 (2) : 144-145, pi. 59, figs. 1, 2.

Type : 357. Paratype : 358.

Type locality: Lake Pepin, Lake City, Wis. (George Wagner!).
Lampsilis gracilis lacustris Baker, 1922, Naut. 35 (4), 131-132.

Type : 964a. Paratypes : 964b, c, d, e ; also Univ. of 111.
Z-12433.

Type locality: Lake Butte des Morts, off Plummer's Point,
Wis. (F. C. Baker!).

Lampsilis siliquoidea chadwicki Baker, 1928, Bull. Wis. Geol.

Nat. Hist. Survey 70 (2) : 279-281, pi. 91, figs. 5-8.

Lectotype (by present designation) : 4413a (male). Syntype:

4413b (female). Paratypes: Univ. of 111. Z-22076. (4413b, the

other one of two shells designated by Baker as types, is hereby

34 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 71 (1)

designated as a syntype. The other shells were designated by
Baker as paratypes.)

Type locality: Doemel Point, Winnebago Lake, near Oshkosh,
Wis. (F. C. Baker! 1920).

Lampsilis siliquoidea pepinensis Baker, 1927, Amer. Midi. Nat.
10, p. 223.

Lectotype (by present designation) : 355p (female). Syn-
type: 355e (male).

Paratypes: Univ. of 111. Z-22075. (355e, the other one of two
shells designated by Baker as types, is hereby designated as a
syntype.)

Type locality: Lake Pepin, near Lake City, Minn. (Geo.
Wagner! 1904).

Lampsilis ventricosa perglohosa Baker, 1928, Bull. Wis. Geol.
Nat. Hist. Survey 70 (2) : 285-286, pi. 93, figs. 1-4.

Type: 354a (male). Paratypes: 354b, c, d, e, g, 255.

Type locality: Lake Pepin, near Lake City, Minn. (Geo.
Wagner! 1904).

Lampsilis ventricosa winnehagoensis Baker, 1928, Bull. Wis.
Geol. Nat. Hist. Survey 70 (2) : 291-293, pi. 94, figs. 1-4.

Type: 4423a (male). Paratype: 4423b (female); also Univ.
of 111. Z-12244a, b.

Type locality: Winnebago Lake, near Oshkosh, Wis. (F. C.
Baker! 1920).

Quadnda quadrula hullocki Baker, 1928, Bull. Wis. Geol. Nat.
Hist. Survey 70 (2) : 87-88, pi. 46, figs. 1-3.
Type: 163. Paratypes: 166, 167.
Type locality: Fox River near De Pere, Wis. (Geo. Marston!).

Sphacrium flavum foxense Baker, 1928, Bull. Wis. Geo. Nat.
Hist. Survey 70 (2) : 344-345, pi. 97, figs. 27-29.

Type : 4452. Paratypes : 4452.

Type locality: Lake Butte des Morts near Plummer's Point,
Winnebago Co., Wis.

Sphaerium solidulum winnehagoense Baker, 1928, Bull. Wis.
Geol. Nat. Hist. Survey 70 (2) : 324-325, pi. 97, figs. 4, 5,
text fig. 252.
Type: 4435. Paratype: 4435.
Type locality : Lake Butte des Morts, Fox River Channel, Wis.

Strophitus rugosus pepinensis Baker, 1928, Bull. Wis. Geol. Nat.
Hi.st. Survey 70 (2) : 204-205, pi. 74, fig. 8.

Type: 362f.

Type locality: Lake Pepin, near Lake City, Minn. (Geo.
Wagner!).

Strophitus rugosus winnehagoensis Baker, 1928, Bull. Wis. Geol.
Nat. Hist. Survey 70 (2) : 205-207, pi. 74, figs. 1-6.
Type : 943a. Paratype : 943b ; also Univ. of 111. Z-12292.

July, 1957] THE NAUTILUS 3$

Type locality : Long Point Island, Lake Winnebago, Wis.
(F. C.Baker!).

Truncilla trtcncata lacustris Baker, 1928, Bull. Wis. Geol. Nat.
Hist. Survey 70 (2) : 227-228, pi. 78, figs. 1, 2.

Type: 958. Paratype : 959.

Type locality: Long Point Is., Lake Winnebago, Wis. (F. C.
Baker! 1920).

Utterhackia imhecillis fusca Baker, 1927, Amer. Midi. Nat. 10:
222.

Type : 927a. Paratypes : 927b.

Type locality: Sturgeon Bay, Door Co., Wis.

GUY L. WILKINS: AN APPRECIATION

By JOSEPH EWAN

Guy Lawrence Wilkins, conchologist, artist, bibliophile, was
little known personally to Americans because he did not visit the
New World. For those of us who in recent years have visited
the British Museum (Natural History) he will be long and
affectionately remembered. I went to England in 1954, not as
a conchologist, but as a botanist in search of letters, notebooks,
and archive materials bearing on the history of natural history.
I was introduced to Mr. Wilkins at the 'Canteen,' the social
institution of the Museum where morning coffee, lunches, and
teas are served to the staff and the public. Our British friends
waggishly remark of this as one more break through of the
Americanization process since the last war. The staff and
visitors drop in for tea, a smoke, a chat, to discuss, to plan, to
dissect, and for a few, to swap secondhand booksellers' cata-
logues. It was perhaps in this last connection that I first
'found' Mr. Wilkins. To emend the motto on the library's
facade, "books constrain none," except the bookcollector ! Vari-
orum editions, states, and half morocco are collector's language,
and o.p. are his middle initials. And Guy Wilkins was an avid
collector of natural history titles, and of malacological books
in particular. He loved fine books in fine bindings, and owned
many.

"I have had a few more books which are getting increasingly
expensive and hard to get," he wrote me last July. "The re-
print of Linne's 12th ed. Syst. Nat. (3 vols.) is the latest acquisi-

36 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 71 (1)

tion, very desirable but will have to be rebound, I fear. The
British Museum (Nat. Hist.) Catalogue (8 vols.) fills a corner
of my small room but very welcome — I managed to get a set just
before they ran out of stock and put the price up for what is
left. Another nice little thing was the history of the Orkneys
(Wallace, 1700) with a good list of the plants also shells. It
is in excellent condition (neatly repaired) but cost me £2. Ah
me ! Why am I so tempted by these ancient things ? My best
treasure recently was a priced copy of the Portland Catalogue
(1786) complete with a portrait of the Duchess, most unusual to
get that and the annotations were by Francillon, the goldsmith
and entomologist."

Wilkins knew the London libraries intimately, and made ex-
tensive use of books and their marginalia, increment of past
owners, in the preparation of his bibliographic papers. He pos-
sessed a detailed knowledge of explorers and expeditions. He
was an effective worker, modest and imaginative. To his co-
workers at the Museum, he was friendly and good-humoured.
To those who came to the Museum with shells to name, he was
warm and sympathetic.

Born November 5, 1905, at Stoke, Lewington, London, Mr.
Wilkins started his working life as a commercial artist, and
joined the British Museum in 1949. His skills acquired during
his years as a commercial artist carried over to his professional
career, and it is likely that the confining habits and close long
hours of the drawing board impaired his health. He entered
the hospital December, 1956, with granular eruptive tuberculosis
and died March 6th, in his fifty-second year. He had recentlj^
modelled an exquisite series of marine invertebrates for a
Scottish museum using newer techniques and colored by hand.

Best known to the conchologist are his historical studies on
the Sir Hans Sloane (1953) and Sir Joseph Banks (1955) shell
collections at the British Museum, published in the recently
inaugurated Bulletin of the Museum's Historical Scries. His
earlier paper on Sloan's shells in the Journal of Conchology
(1952), and his latest paper, "Notes on the 'Historia Con-
chyliorum' of Martin Lister (1683-1712)," with a portrait, pub-
lished in the Journal of the Society for the Bihliography of Nat-
ural History (1957) will continue to be consulted. A third
historical Bulletin on the shell collection of Rev. Clayton Mor-

THE NAUTILUS Ul

daunt Cracherode, 1730-1799, trustee of the British Museum,
and antiquarian, is in press. For each of the historical studies
already published he sketched a portrait as a cover medallion.
Wilkins' attention to handwriting and to the interpretation of
symbols (e.g. ''N. H. " for New Holland, or present New South
Wales, when it appears on an occasional shell) will enhance the
value of his work for future students.

For me it shall be Guy Wilkins among his books, both of us
listening to Alice, his charming wife, play the harpsichord, in
their hearthside on Hampstead Heath — a precious memory.

Wanted: Pectens (world-wide). Exchange or purchase. Can offer good
marine specimens, many genera, with data.

Gilbert Grau, 2457 Claremont Ave., Hollywood 27, Calif.

For Exchange: Fine specimen shells, world wide.

Nick Katsaras, 479-B South Washington Ave., Bergenfield, N. J.

MIOCENE AGE FOSSH. SHARK TEETH: 5 fine specimens—

$1.00, prepaid.
R. T. Waters, 1383 East 26 Street, Brooklyn 10, New York.

How TO Collect Shells: Published by the American Malacological Union.
$1.00. Write:

Margaret C. Teskey, Sect., P. O. Box 238, Marinette, Wis.

IV THE NAUTILUS

INDEX TO THE NAUTILUS

Volumes 35-60
Compiled by Aurele La Eocque

The index to The Nautilus for volumes 35 through 60 is now available
for distribution. Copies may be procured from the University of
Michigan Press, 311 Maynard Street, Ann Arbor, Michigan. The book
is made up in the same format as the First Index, is cloth bound and
divided into two sections, an author index and an index to genera and
species.

Pages : 322, frontispiece Price : $7.50

TRITON HELMET AND HARP SHELLS $5.00

EAST COAST MARINE SHELLS (Fourth revised edition) . . . 6.00

WORLD-WIDE SEA SHELLS COMBINED WITH THE

ROCK SHELLS 6.00

A REVIEW OF THE VOLUTIDAE 6.00

All post-paid in U. S. A.
AddresH author:

MAXWELL SMITH,
Box 126, Windermere, Florida

THE XAITILI'S 71 (2)

PLATE 2

The nautilus

Vol. 71 OCTOBER, 1957 No. 2

DREDGING FOR DEEP WATER SHELLS IN
SOUTHERN FLORIDA

By PAUL L. and THOMAS L. McGINTY

A growing interest in deep-sea shells, particularly in Florida,
has encouraged the writers to record a few observations and notes
concerning results obtained after five years of operation, and
some 2000 dredging stations from aboard the cabin-cruiser
''Triton."*

These explorations were made by Arthur R. Thompson, to-
gether with the authors, from a 31 foot motor-vessel equipped
with power winch holding 5000 feet of steel cable, and a swing-
ing davit with block and tackle for bringing in the heavy dredges
and trawls. Considerable dredging was done along the lower
Florida east coast from Jupiter southward to the Miami region,
and from various points along the Keys as far west as the Dry
Tortugas. Greatest concentration was made at three points,
namely: Palm Beach, representing the lower mainland; Som-
brero Key, the middle Keys; and Key West, the lower Keys;
all at depths ranging from 10 to more than 150 fathoms. Be-
cause of a marked dissimilarity between conditions along the
Keys and off the lower east coast, both as to shell life and type
of bottom, we thought best to comment upon each region sepa-
rately.

Dredging Off the Palm Beach Area

Between Miami and Palm Beach, where the Gulf Stream makes
its closest approach to the mainland, the 100 fathom line runs
only about 4 miles off shore, then gradually turns outward in
progression up the coast. With this factor in mind, most of
our dredgings were made between the Palm Beach Inlet south-
ward to a point beyond Delray Beach, approximately 25 miles,

* See Nautilus, Oct. 1951, pages 37-43.

38 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 71 (2)

and perhaps half that distance northward into the Jupiter area.
Deep water close to shore provided a reasonable means of retreat
in the event of sudden violent squalls, and permitted much saving
of time in reaching and returning from the deeper dredging
stations. It also enabled prominent shore bearings to remain
visible, even in deep water, so that carefully taken compass
bearings with subsequent triangulation upon marine charts made
possible determination of depth and position with a considerable
degree of accuracy. The latter, of vital importance in supplying
accurate scientific habitat data for each dredge haul, also pro-
vided means for returning to the same area should the dredge
contain exceptional material. As every experienced fisherman
knows of certain ' ' holes ' ' where the fishing is usually good, so
will the dredger, through experience, learn of certain areas
where the shell life is more abundant, or upon which the rarer,
more desirable, species may appear. In the process, one also
learns to avoid certain types of bottom which, for reasons not
fully known, may contain an abundance of long dead shells, but
be practically devoid of life at the moment.

Progressing sea-ward from the beach the yellowish rather
coarse sand (low in coral content since sizable corals are rare
throughout the area, but largely composed of silica and finely
broken shell) continued more or less unchanged until the reef
was attained in approximately 15 fathoms, perhaps a mile off
shore. This scattered rocky reef, rather poorly defined in depth
and continuity, may be entirely lacking in some areas, but else-
where continue outward to 40 fathoms or more. To the dredger,
little of importance appeared, save littoral forms, until a depth
of 20 to 40 fathoms over a ''live" portion of this reef was ap-
proached where a most interesting and extremely variable mol-
luscan life seemed to occur. With luck, from such a station, an
incredible assortment of sea-life might be brought up in the
dredge, ranging from many types of sea-weed to sponges of
weird shape, from gorgonians to strangely shaped crabs and
lovely brittle-stars, all brilliantly colored and seeming to cover
the spectrum in the wildest sort of array. Even the mollusks
appeared to follow the pattern, with orange, yellow and red
far commoner than might be expected. A rather spiny form of
Turho castaneus, beautifully shaded with various hues of rose,
and the lovely and rare Conus juliae, in red, were typical ex-

October, 1957] the nautilus 39

amples of the colorful shells which might be taken, on occasion,
from this reef. Here also lived the vari-colored Pecten henedicti,
Mitra liendersoni and M. moisei, the rare Primovula carnea and
several recently described species of Calliostoma. Oddly,
Scaphella jitnonia, not too uncommon along the v^est coast of
Florida, proved to be extremely rare, although it did live upon
this reef. An interesting race of small but apparently adult
Xenopliora conchyliophora also was noted, the shells profusely
covering themselves by attaching small irregularly shaped stones,
but strangely never attaining the larger size of specimens found
in shallower water. From sand pockets between scattered por-
tions of the reef came delicate Feci en chazaliei {tereinus), to-
gether with Corhula disparilis, a weirdly shaped little bivalve
resembling nothing so much as a miniature box with tight fitting
lid. Also brought up were a number of species which appear
to be new northern records for the east coast of Florida, namely :
Casmaria atlantica, Turbo canaliculatus, Tenagodus squamatus
and Latirus infundihulum.

Of course, after handling tons of this reef material, the
reader must appreciate that here, as elsewhere in this paper,
space permits mentioning but a few of the species which were
actually found. The reef, unfortunately, is a most difficult
territory to work, and great care must be used to avoid loss of
dredge and cable should the equipment become snagged in the
rocks below. This was particularly so because, vdth the Gulf
Stream nearby, there was generally a rather strong current flow-
ing northward. Frequently the dredge would surface so heavily
filled with reddish rocks and material to be sorted that a davit
was almost essential for hoisting the load into the boat. Be-
cause of many irritants to the hands, such as sponge spicules,
urchin spines, stinging corals and hydroids, plus various types
of anemones, heavy canvas gloves were used while handling
any large quantity of this material.

Toward the outer edge of this rocky reef, in about 40 to 50
fathoms, the bottom contained more broken shell together with
smaller detached rocks or rubble, gradually changing from sand
to mud. The curious little Ancistro syrinx radiata, resembling a
tiny oriental pagoda, lived in this softer bottom, as did Fusinus
eucosminus and Terehra floridana.

Moving outward to a range of 50 to 60 fathoms over isolated

40 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 71 (2)

rubble patches in quite muddy bottom, one might hope to bring
up a specimen of Mitra antillensis, perhaps the largest and rarest
of the West Indian miters. Conus stimpsoni, a pretty yellow
species might be taken at this depth ; also Fusinus timessus and
Antillophos heaui, both being new northern east coast records.
Generally speaking however, unless some rocky rubble was pres-
ent, dredging in this soft grey mud proved somewhat disappoint-
ing, for at times the dredge would surface almost empty save
for a few chunks of burned material resembling clinkers, a
possible residue from ancient coal-burning ships which at one
time used this still well traveled south-bound steamer lane.

At an average depth of 75 fathoms, the desirable areas of
broken shell and rubble became even scarcer, never the less cer-
tain patches harbored an amazing array of extremely choice
shells, but unfortunately no great abundance. Among the prizes
taken were : Pecten phrygium and glyptus; Liomesus stimpsoni;
Cuspidaria rostrata, the largest east coast form of this peculiar
bivalve ; Xenophora longleyi, an interesting deeper water carrier-
shell which freely but insecurely attaches stones and broken shells
while young, later losing most of them to become almost ' ' nude ' '
at maturity ; Murex heaui, largely young, but one unique colony
of beautiful yellow-brown adults was discovered; Conus mcgintyi
(formerly mazei), a lovely slender cone, very rare, its radula
highly transparent and extremely small, the species lacking
operculum ; and Mitra fluviimaris, an attractive and rare white
miter recently named to honor the Gulf Stream. Species col-
lected which appear to establish new northern records for the
east coast include XenopJiora caribaeum, Conns villejyini, Cymat-
ium occidentale and rehderi, Murex heaui and Bursa corrugata;
all found between 70 and 80 fathoms in muddy bottom containing
some rubble.

Further off shore, in soft mud at 80 to 90 fathoms, a lovely
volute, Aurinia georgiana, was obtained. At times these shells
came up in the dredge with one or more specimens of a pale
and strangely unattractive deep-sea anemone firmly attached
to cover most of the upper portion of the shell. Seemingly hard
pressed for points of attachment, these creatures chose with equal
facility any bits of stone, clinkers or other debris which might be
exposed along the bottom. Volutes living in this soft mud
tended to produce a heavy dark epidermis as protection from

October, 1957] the nautilus 41

the etching acids of these unwelcome visitors, while those from
bottom with a higher sand content, free from anemones, usually
had a thin and transparent periostracum. Anatomical observa-
tions indicated that the male of Aurinia georgiana is consider-
ably more slender and smaller than the female. At the same
depth, in patches of slightly firmer bottom, we were thrilled to
locate a few colonies of Calliostoma psyche, an exquisite cream
colored shell spotted with rose, and having that peculiarly lovely
iridescence found on only a few deep-water shells.

Mud, at 105 fathoms, afforded optimum conditions for still
another volute, Clenchina robust a. This species seemed to be a
special attraction for deep-sea anemones, for we noted instances
where these creatures had almost closed the shell aperture to
cause severe distortion of the moUusk's growth. As in C.
georgiana, these volutes tended to form a heavy rough protective
periostracum in badly infested areas, but even so, severe erosion
could be detected on some living specimens brought to the sur-
face. Fortunately, at a few localities we found the anemones
less abundant, and the shells, with a thinner epidermis, came up
in perfect condition.

Attempts to dredge at 150 fathoms or more were somewhat
disappointing. Very rarely a specimen of the striped volute,
Clenchina gouldiana, or an even rarer related form (always
very small, cream colored without bands or spots) might appear
in the dredge or trawl. Generally speaking however, this soft
mud off the Palm Beach area, devoid of rocks, offered little
reward with the exception of a few weird deep-sea crustaceans
and star-fish plus some small to microscopic shell material which,
because of its depth, proved of considerable interest.

Dredging Off The Florida Keys

Unlike the lower east coast mainland, an outer coral and
rock reef runs more or less parallel and perhaps 5 miles to the
seaward of the low westward curving chain of islands known as
the Florida Keys. Extending for many miles, it forms a most
serious danger to ships and has long been marked by a series
of tall lighthouses strategically located along its length. This
reef, submerged for the greater portion, may be thought of as
replacing the beach off the mainland, and outward distances for
the dredger are most conveniently measured by using it as a

42 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 71 (2)

startinp: point. Between the reef and the string of Kej^s lies
a long narrow body of water called the Hawk Channel, its
depth of but a few fathoms affording good passage for yachts
and smaller vessels only. Looking seaward from the reef, the
100 fathom line extends slightly further off shore than along
the mainland, approximately 5 miles, so the total run from one
of the Keys to attain this depth becomes 10 miles instead of the
4 miles noted off the Palm Beach coast. Besides a considerable
loss of time, this additional mileage creates somewhat more of a
weather hazard since the deeper dredging must all be done well
beyond sight of land, and sudden storms in these open Gulf
Stream waters become most unpleasant for small boats. Regu-
lar checks upon the weather, both by radio and personal observa-
tion, are certainly well advised. Unfortunately the exact loca-
tion of position becomes increasingly more difficult at the greater
depths, since visual bearings become available only wdthin range
of one of the important lighthouses. Luckily these ranges are
considerable, however, since some of the lights are designed to
remain visible up to 18 miles at sea.

To the conchologist, perhaps the most interesting factor con-
cerning dredging in this region lies in the presence of an ex-
tensive more or less flat rocky area knowm as Pourtales Plateau.
Actuall}^ patches of whitish sand and grey mud would seem to
indicate that its surface, at least, is not composed entirely of
exposed rock, and while usually considered to begin at about 90
fathoms and extend outward for a considerable distance, its
exact contour w^ould appear to vary somewhat since we detected
its presence in isolated areas as shallow as 65 to 70 fathoms, off
both Sombrero Key and Key West. As might be expected, the
presence of rocks in the deeper water affords an environment so
contrasting with the soft bottom off the Palm Beach area, at a
similar depth, that a number of species of mollusks are confined
to one of these areas alone. Inside the rocky plateau, a much
larger proportion of species proved common to both regions,
with depth ranges of most species being almost identical. This
Pourtales Plateau, while certainly most interesting to w^ork,
should hardly be thought of as a grab-bag for the eager dredger
however, for material may be obtained only with considerable
difficulty. The rocky terrain is extremely hard on dredges, with
trawls being practically out of the question, and while we found
the Gulf Stream current somewhat less than that usually experi-

October, 1957] the nautilus 43

enced off Palm Beach, it was sufficient, at times, to cause our
cable to twang like a plucked banjo string. For some reason
ancient dead shells far outnumbered living ones, but w^hether
this indicates a decline of life upon the plateau or is a natural
process we hesitate to speculate, although this preponderance
of dead material was far less evident in our dredgings off the
east coast.

In order that our report of dredging off the Keys may be
consistent and follow the pattern already established in our
discussion of findings off Palm Beach, let us now return to
shallow water inshore and gradually work outward towards
deeper water and the Pourtales Plateau. First we might say
that dredging in the shallow water of the Hawk Channel, with
its eelgrass and numerous bars and patches of heavy coral
growth, proved none too productive and we believe other methods
of collecting serve better for working this area.

A short distance outside the reef which separates Hawk
Channel from the open sea the bottom gradually became a soft
sticky white marl supporting vast beds of eelgrass and occasional
isolated patches of rubble. On these limited areas of harder
bottom, the molluscan life seemed more abundant, and from
about 20 to 40 fathoms, over such a station, specimens of the
attractive Conus sozoni were obtained. Sconsia striata also was
taken from this depth but proved to be quite rare, apparently
preferring an area further westward in the Gulf of Mexico where
it is somewhat more abundant.

A depth of 40 fathoms, over rubble bottom when it could
be located, appeared to be a favorable habitat for a rather wide
range of interesting and somewhat uncommon species. From
here we brought up fine living specimens of Antigona strigillina,
a lovely white bivalve slightly over an inch in diameter and
rather a rare shell in collections. Also found were Chama
lactuca, the delicately fragile Pecten chazaliei (tereinus), and
Aeqiiipecten lineolaris, the latter a rarity and apparently new
northern record for this species. Among the gastropods repre-
sented were the greatly elongated Torcula exoleta, its near white
shell almost perfectly matching the bottom color, and an ex-
tremely lovely little rock-shell known as Murex tryoni. Another
collector's treasure, Murex cahriti, was taken occasionally, with
a small colony of unusually attractive orange colored specimens

44 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 71 (2)

luckily discovered in the vicinity of Sombrero Key. Other dis-
coveries included Conus austini, apparently a new northern
record, and Fusiniis timessus and F. exicosmius, the latter shell
seeming to suggest deep water and rarity, and almost exclusively
confined to areas of heavy rubble or broken rocks.

From a depth of 40 to 50 fathoms the pretty orange-yellow
Conus stimpsoni made an appearance, together with the curiously
distorted Distorsio mcgintyi, while at 60 fathoms Pecten
phrygiuni was present. Strangely, from one isolated rubble
reef not far from Sombrero Key we dredged a lovely large yellow
specimen of this rare Pecten, while a second pass over the same
territory brought up a smaller specimen almost orange in color.
Previously we had never seen this species except in its normal
coloration of mottled rose and are at a loss to explain such an
unusual variation, but it serves admirably to demonstrate the
value of accurately determined position and the resulting ability
to return as close as possible to an exact area of unusual interest.

Apparently a great rarity in the volute family, Aurinia
schmitti was taken in mud at depths from 60 to 80 fathoms, but
unfortunately in very limited numbers and seldom in perfect
condition. As is of interest to note, these shells do not always
have the heavy glazing which was thought to be characteristic
of the species. Possibly due to differing bottom conditions, we
found a few specimens which were quite clean and free from any
glazing whatever. Perhaps one of our greatest treasures, a
perfect % inch adult of the extremely rare Haliotis poiirtalesi,
came from a rocky reef in only 65 fathoms off Sand Key, near
Key West. Another prize, taken in 70 fathoms off Key West,
was a damaged but reasonably fresh specimen of Pleurotomaria
quoyana, apparently the first record of this extremely rare deep-
sea ''slit shell" having been taken in waters bordering the
United States. After rather extensive explorations in the Key
West area, we finally succeeded in locating a colony of the rare
Murex nuttingi living on a limited portion of rubble reef at a
depth of 75 fathoms. At approximately the same depth, but
more widely distributed, Bartschia significans, a rarity appearing
in few collections, made an occasional appearance in our dredge
hauls. Also at 75 fathoms we were fortunately able to bring
up a few specimens of the exquisitely lovely giant deep-sea
Epitonium, Sthenorytis pernohilis, its lacy white contrasting

October, 1957] the nautilus 45

strikingly with a large jet black operculum. Our finest speci-
men, 42 mm. long, still living and with operculum intact, came
up in the dredge in perfect condition, and was so conspicuous in
appearance that its presence was detected even before the dredge
was brought on board. Certainly of all the thrills we have
enjoyed in dredging for shells, this must come very near the
top of the list. Another great thrill was presented when we
brought up a lovely specimen of Murex heaui complete with
' ' fronds and frills, ' ' from off Sombrero Key in 75 fathoms. Al-
though most collectors visualize heaui as always possessing the
overly developed varices of the often figured unique specimen
belonging to the National Museum, this is hardly so. At all
localities from which we took heaui, and we took a respectable
series from a number of areas, we found the "wide fronded"
variety to be extremely rare. Although there is a greater
tendency towards emphasis of the fronding in young specimens,
we took but one adult which possessed this characteristic, and it
came up in a dredge haul containing another specimen which
entirely lacked this peculiarity. As a result of our observations,
we feel strongly convinced that the wide varix is far from being
a specific character and should not be treated as such.

Conus villepini, a strikingly marked rare white cone, some-
what elongated and irregularly blotched with brown, was rather
closely confined to depths from 75 to 80 fathoms, while two at-
tractive rock-living volutes, Clenchina dohrni and Clenchina
florida, ranged from about 75 to 100 fathoms along the Pourtales
Plateau. As is of interest to note, neither of these volutes was
found in the Palm Beach area, perhaps due to scarcity of rocks
in deeper water off the east coast. Likewise, Aurinia georgiana,
found in soft mud off Palm Beach, failed to appear in the Keys
area, although a possible counterpart, Aurinia schmitti, might
be considered to replace it in the softer bottom off the Keys.

Aurinia duhia, originally described and figured by Broderip
in 1827 from a shell without locality, continued to remain a
puzzle. His figure, showing a large bulbous protoconch and two
weak plications on the columella, it is not quite like any volute
yet seen by the authors from Gulf of Mexico or Florida waters.
The early date of publication rather suggests that the original
specimen might have been taken in a fish-trap from one of the
Lesser Antilles, but until the original type specimen is eventually

46 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 71 (2)

found and examined it would seem that the exact identity of
duhia must continue to remain an interesting mystery.

In white sand, at about 90 to 100 fathoms, Microgaza rotella
was taken on occasion, providing the smaller mesh dredges were
used, for this species, in its attractive golden iridescence, does not
attain large size.

Bursa tenuisculpta, although rare, was taken living at 115
fathoms and appeared to be confined to the deeper water along
the Pourtales Plateau. The deep-water carrier shells, Xenophora
carihaeum and X. longleyi, had a much wider depth range, speci-
mens having been taken as shallow as 70 fathoms and extending
out to the greatest depths which we attained.

In deep water, from sandy areas between the rocks, a wide
variety of interesting pelagic species were taken, including that
transparent jewel, Cavolina tridentata, largest of the deep-water
flying snails, and the curious Herse columnella, resembling
nothing so much as an extremely miniature milk-bottle.

In addition to mollusks, other interesting things appeared in
our dredges. From one reef off Sombrero Key, in 100 fathoms or
more, Ave brought up pieces of a strangely beautiful and most
delicate coral quite unlike anything we had seen, while from
the same reef a large pale whitish sponge was obtained, replete
with villainous sharp spicules which made it most difficult to
handle. One trawl came up so packed with small brittle-stars
that the load could not be brought on board until a part of the
contents had been dumped, and long spined urchins also made
frequent appearances in loads from the deeper water, one species,
vividly colored in red and yellow, actually being quite attractive.
From a 70 fathom reef, off Key West, a large and perfect basket-
star, species unknown to us, made a rather surprising appearance.

Because of space limitations, no attempt has been made to
mention all shells obtained, but rather an effort has been made to
name those species which we feel to be of greatest interest to col-
lectors, together with depths and types of bottom upon which they
were found. Although there were exceptions which tended to
range over a considerable area, surprisingly most species were
quite closely restricted to the depths as given above. Although the
*' Triton" lacked a modern electronic depth finder and we were
obliged to obtain this data b}' other methods, we were gratified
to learn, upon a number of dredging cruises with our friend the

October, 1957] the nautilus 47

late Todd L. Moise, where the writers had the great pleasure of
serving as invited guests and guides aboard his luxuriously
equipped motor-sailer Escape, that our measurements agreed
almost to the fathom with those indicated by an elaborate elec-
tronic device.

In conclusion, certainly no discussion of dredging in the
Keys area would be complete without some mention of the limita-
tions imposed so frequently by weather. Although the region
affords delightful cruising for small boats and yachts, the open
waters of the Gulf Stream rapidly become quite choppy in any-
thing more than a gentle to moderate wind. Unfortunately,
dredging from a small boat is not only extremely difficult, but
hazardous as well, unless the seas are reasonably calm. Our
practice of organizing cruises to the Keys to last something over
a month, usually in June or July, when light winds might rea-
sonably be anticipated, worked out quite well, but even so, we
vividly recall one period of a full ten days during which it was
too rough to attempt a single haul with the dredge. The pleas-
ures and thrills of deep-sea dredging far outweigh the disap-
pointments however, so once the material is brought home and
mounted in the collection, perhaps the many difficulties encoun-
tered serve some useful purpose by causing us to appreciate
even more those delio^htful treasures from so far beneath the sea.

NOTES ON LAND SNAILS OF GENERA
SOLAROPSIS AND NENIA

By henry a. PILSBRY

In the course of determining specimens of Solaropsis from
Colombia, I had occasion to look over the species of Guiana.
Finding nomenclatural irregularities, I was led to investigate
the history of several species and to regulate their nomenclature.

Solaropsis cicatricata Beck.

Helix pellis serpentis Chemnitz, 1795, Syst. Conch. Cab. 11 : 268,

pi. 208, figs. 2046, 2047.— Ferussac, 1822, Tableau Syst.

Limacons p. 39.— Pfeiffer, 1848, Monogr. Hel. Viv. 1 : 371.—

Pilsbry, 1890, Man. Conch. 5 : 178. [Not of Gmelin, 1791.]
S.[olaropsis] pellis serpentis [var.] b, cicatricata Beck, 1837.

Index Molluscorum etc., p. 27.

48 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 71 (2)

Helix constrictor Hupe, 1853, Eev. et Mag. de Zool. (2 ser.), 5:
p. 298.

This snail, characterized by the presence of two deep pits on
the base, has long been known as Helix or Solaropsis pellis-
serpentis Chemnitz, 1795. Chemnitz's nomenclature was not
consistently Linnean and is not now admitted, but having been
accepted by Ferussac and Dr. L. Pfeiffer this name passed into
general use. Chemnitz had used the same name in 1786 for
what is now regarded as another species, and this early use
was the basis of Helix pellisserpentis Gmelin, 1791. Beck in
1837 recognized that two forms were involved, and introduced a
varietal name, cicatricata, for Chemnitz's snail of 1795. A few
years later H. Hupe saw that two species had passed under the
same name and he named the pitted one Helix constrictor. Sub-
sequent authors have followed Pfeiffer 's incorrect usage.

This species is variable in size, diameter 41 to 53 mm. in ANSP.
specimens, but I have seen little variation in the development
of the deep pits at the periphery and base, though their position
varies from directly opposite the aperture to a place somewhat
more anterior.

Dr. F. Haas (Archiv fiir MoUuskenkunde 78: 152) has given
Brazilian localities for this species and the next, under their
Pfeifferian names. The type locality in Guiana was fully de-
scribed by Chemnitz.

Solaropsis undata (Solander).

Limax serpens Martyn, [1786?], Universal Conchologist 3, pi.

120.^
Helix undata Solander, 1786, Catalogue of the Portland Museum

p. 177, no. 3802 [in part, referring to Lister, pi. 76, but ex-
clusive of reference to Favanne] .
Helix pellis serpentis Gmelin, 1791, Syst. Nat. p. 3620 [based

chiefly upon Chemnitz, Conchylien Cabinet 9, figs. 1095,

1096 1 .
Planorhis pellis-anguinea Roding, 1798, Museum Boltenianum,

p. 72, no. 930 [based upon Chemnitz, Conchylien Cabinet 9,

pi. 125, figs. 1095, 1096].

Martyn 's nomenclature is not strictly Linnean so that his
name is not valid as of 1786, and apparently must give way to
Helix undata Solander, 1786.

1 Solarium serpens Spix, 1827, is a different Brazilian Solaropsis.

October, 1957] the nautilus 49

Helix coluhrina Perry, 1811 (Conchology pi. 15, fig. 4) was
possibly a Solaropsis undata, but the figure is so preposterously
bad that no certain identification is possible.

Solaropsis pellis-hoae Hupe (Revue de Zoologie, 1853, p. 299),
is a large species apparently closely similar to S. undata (Sol.),
but I have not seen it. The locality, Mission de Sarayacu, Peru,
is a hamlet in the state of Loreto, in the Rio Ucayali valley near
the 75th meridian at about 6°58' S. lat.

8. U7idata (Sol.) has the subsutural and peripheral spot bands
as in S. cicatricata, and dense, fine granulation, also as in that
species ; but the last whorl is regular, without pits. A specimen
measures : alt. 35 mm. ; diameter 54 mm., 5l^ whorls. Figures
were given in Man. Conch. 5, pi. 58, figs. 38, 39, 40.

Solaropsis anomala, new species. PL 3, Figs. 1, la, lb.

The rather solid shell is like S. undata in general figure
having a dome-shaped spire and angular periphery, but it differs
by having a modified last whorl, which on the side opposite the
aperture is swollen below the suture, and in the peripheral
region it is impressed and concave (fig. la). The base is broadly
concave and coarsely striate radially around the umbilicus. The
first 21/2 whorls are smooth, the following whorls are minutely,
densely granulose on the upper surface, and the last II/2 whorls
have some coarse striae along lines of growth. The color pattern
is like that of 8. cicatricata and 8. undata. On a whitish ground
there is below the suture a broad band of crescentic to angular
reddish brown spots alternating with white ones ; at the periph-
ery there is a band, half as wide, of more or less angular smaller
spots. The white peristome is reflected throughout, and is
dilated half over the umbilicus.

Height 32 mm., diameter 51 mm. ; width of umbilicus behind
lip 3.5 mm. ; fully 6 Avhorls.

Guiana, exact locality unknown. Type 85147 ANSP., received
from the Philadelphia Commercial Museum in 1903.

Besides 8. cicatricata there are two other described species
of 8olaropsis having an indentation of the last whorl: 8. mono-
lacca (Pfr.) and 8. vipera (Pfr.). 8. monolacca, from Surinam,
differs from our species in color pattern. It is described and
figured as '^braungelb, mit vielen rothbraunen, kaum welligen,
Striemen gezeichnet, ' ' and without the subsutural and peripheral

50 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 71 (2)

spot bands of S. anomda and others of the cicatricata group.
The right lip margin is said to be ''schmal ausgebreitet, " not well
reflexed as in our species. A comparison of the descriptions and
figures shows various other differences.

S. viper a (Pfr.), described from a specimen from Brazil in
the Cuming collection, is a smaller (37 mm. diameter) species
with the typical cicatricata color pattern and only a quite small
sulcus above the peripheral angle. The base is banded and
less concave than in 8. anomala.

A specimen before me, no. 202991 ANSP. agrees well with the
account of S. vipera except for its larger size, 50.4 mm. diameter,
and by having fewer basal spiral lines of dark dots. It is
labelled ''Brazil," but is from an old collection, origin not
traceable.

Dr. Vernhout (1914, p. 7) listed under ''8. pellisserpentis" a
'^ specimen collected by Mr. Voltz . . . which has the peculiar
pits of the left side but faintly indicated. ' ' I doubt whether this
specimen is really referable to S. cicatricata, which has deep pits
very constant in a large number seen in various collections. Dr.
Vernhout 's shell may possibly be the snail described above as
;8^. anomala.

SOLAROPSIS UNDATA BROWNI, HGW SUbspecieS.

The color pattern and minute surface sculpture are as in S.
cicatricata and S. undata, but the shape is far more depressed
than 8. undata and the periphery is much more strongly though
bluntly angular. It does not have the conspicuous pits of 8.
cicatricata. Height 29 mm., diameter 54.6 mm. ; width of um-
bilicus behind lip 4 mm. ; 5% whorls.

This race is known by the type, 1446 ANSP., a specimen from
the A. D. Brown collection labelled ''Peru." It was figured
as a depressed form of ^^>S^. serpens Martyn" in the Manual of
Conchology 5, pi. 59, figs. 50, 51, 52.

Various forms of the 8. gihhoni complex are equally depressed,
but they do not have the minute granulation of this subspecies
and others of its group.

SoLAROPSis GiBBONi (Pfeiffcr) PI. 3, Figs. 2, 3.

A rather distinct form of this species was found in Colombia
at Monteredondo, kilom. 73 on the road from Bogota to Vil-

October, 1957] the nautilus 51

lavicencio, collected by F. Medem. Figures of an adult, faded
specimen (fig. 2) and a young one taken alive (fig. 3) show the
characters, solidity, shape and color pattern of this local form
of the variable and widely distributed S. gihhoni. Three speci-
mens measure :

Height 31.5 mm., diameter 53.3 mm.
Height 28 mm., diameter 55 mm.
Height 27 mm., diameter 49.5 mm.

Nenia (Andinia) barcrofti, new species. PI. 3, Figs. 4, 4a, 4b.

The cylindric shell tapers in the upper half to a truncate
summit closed by a strongly convex plug. Color white through-
out or faint brown with a brown line at the suture. The whorls
are only slightly convex, the last almost straight sided, shortly
free in front. Sculpture of irregularly waved and frequently
anastomosing riblets which have a slightly retractive axial di-
rection. In adult shells the ventral side becomes worn smooth.
On the latter part of the last whorl the riblets are strong and
more regular, are often brown, and vary in number individually,
as in figs. 4 and 4b.

The aperture is broadly ovate, narrowed at the upper left
extremity, white within. The peristome is white, thin and
broadly expanded. The superior lamella is marginal, high and
thin, concave on the left side, continuous with the very short
but high and arcuate spiral lamella ; a short low branch at their
junction. The inferior lamella is strong, convex. The sub-
columellar lamella is deeply immersed and rather strongly de-
veloped within. The principal plica is short, lateral and dorsal,
and is visible externally as a brown line. The lamella is weak
and short, curving anteriorly from near the inner end of the
principal plica.

The clausilium tapers distally to a blunt point on the columel-
lar side of the oblique end, and posteriorly passes gradually into
its filament.

Length 35.5 mm., diameter 7.3 mm. ; 6 whorls remaining.
Length 34.5 mm., diameter 7.5 mm. ; 51^ whorls remaining.

Colombia: Monteredondo, kilom. 73, road from Bogota to
Villavicencio, Type and two paratypes no. 203475 ANSP.

52 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 71 (2)

This fine Nenia is named for Mr. Frederick J. Barcroft.
Through his planning, introductions and material assistance dur-
ing several years, considerable additions have been made to our
series of South American mollusks.

Nenia karsteniana (Dohrn) and N. magistra (Sowerby) are
large species from near Bogota, both resembling N. harcrofti
in being truncate and with the peristome expanded, but in both
of them the sculpture is less coarse and irregular and it is far
more oblique. In N. harcrofti the riblets are coarser and more
interrupted, and they run nearly parallel to the axis of the shell.
The short principal plica, visible externally through the shell, is
unlike the karsteniana group.

PRUNUM ROSCIDUM IN NEW JERSEY

By R. tucker ABBOTT
Pilsbry Chair of Malacology

Mrs. Clara Burke and other members of the Philadelphia Shell
Club have been finding in New Jersey living examples of an at-
tractive marginellid which superficially resembles Prunum gut-
tatum Dillwyn. Closer investigation indicates that these speci-
mens are Prunum roscidum (Redfield), a species which Conrad,
Dall and others have erroneously synonymized under the Miocene
species, Prunum limatulum Conrad. Below, we give a brief
account of P. roscidum (see pi. 4 figs. 4, 4a).

Prunum roscidum (Redfield).

Marginella roscida Redfield 1860, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.,
vol. 12, p. 174 (Coast of South Carolina) ; 1868, Conrad (in
part), Amer. Jour. Conch., vol. 4, p. 67; 1873, Tryon, Amer.
Marine Conch., fig. 90.

Marginella limatula Conrad, Dall 1890, Trans. Wagner Free
Inst. Sci., vol. 3, pt. 1, p. 49.

Marginella eulima Dall 1893, Trans. Wagner Free Inst. Sci.,
vol. 3, pt. 2, p. 225 (Pliocene of Shell Creek and the Caloosa-
hatchie beds).

Marqinella heali McGinty 1940, Nautilus, vol. 54, p. 63, pi. 3,
figs. 10, 11 (Florida).

Adults 13 to 16 mm. in length, glossy, pale pinkish gray with
numerous, small, irregular, opaque-wliito dots which rarely are
coalesced below the suture to form short, irregular, axial streaks.

THE NAUTiLL\S 71 {2)

PLATE ;j

ihi ^'Xt

Figs. 1, la, lb, Solaropsis anomala, 3 views of type. 2, Solaropsis gihhonl
Pfr., var., partially faded adult. 3, apical views of immature specimen
taken alive. 4, 4a, 4b, Nenia harcrofti, type and paratype, figs. 4 and 4b
somewhat enlarged.

THE NAUTILUS 71 (2)

PLATE 4

Figs. 1-3, Pcclo, ra<h>la <irl<i<n WH'l'- ^i^s. 4, 4a, Prunam rose
(Redfield) from North Wildwood, N. J.

idum

October, 1957] the nautilus 53

Outer lip thickened, white, finely denticulate on its inner edge,
and bearing along the rim of the varix four reddish brown spots
— a small one at the very top, a broad one at the center, another
broad one % the way down, and a small one at the very base
of the shell. Upper area of the parietal wall may bear a swollen,
white callus. Columellar teeth white, the upper two short and
almost at right angle to the axis of the shell, the lowest two
teeth very much stronger and more slanting. Spire short.

Range : Delaware to off east Florida. Records : Delaware :
23 fms., 2 mi. north of Cape Henlopen, Delaware Bay (H. G.
Richards, leg. 1929). New Jersey: low tide line, among broken
shells. North Wildwood (Clare Burke, leg. 1954-56). South
Carolina: (cotypes A.N.S.P. no. 29086, Redfield Collection).
Florida (form heali) : 80 fms. off Palm Beach (T. L. McGinty,
leg., 1940) ; 27 fms., off Miami (T. L. Moise, leg. 1954).

Prunum guttatum Dillwyn, a southern Florida and West
Indian species, differs in having five varical color spots, two of
which are at the base of the shell on each side of the siphonal
canal. The lower two columellar teeth are shorter and weaker
than the two above ; the spire is much lower and the body whorl
more gently rounded. P. horealis Verrill 1884, found in deep
water from Massachusetts to Virginia, lacks the white spottings,
has a high, pointed spire, and has very weak, if not absent,
denticulations on the inner side of the outer lip. P. heali
McGinty is a smaller (8 to 12 mm. in length), rosier form or
possibly subspecies of roscidum from off eastern Florida, where
whittish specimens also occur. The fossil P. limatulum Conrad
from Virginia appears to be more like Verrill's horealis, and
has a higher spire and proportionately broader aspect in the
upper part of the body whorl.

NEW FORM OF PECTEN

By J. H. WEBB

Pecten ( Comptop allium ) RADULA GRiGGi, ncw form. PL 4,
figs. 1 to 3.

Shell triangularly ovate, equilateral and equivalve. Posterior
and anterior margins perfectly straight from the umbones to the
outer margin and both drop off peculiarly at right angles leaving
the edges flat. Holotype 50.8 mm. in height and 50.5 mm, in

54 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 71 (2)

length. All paratypes similar in proportions but vary in size
from 31 mm. high to 50.8 mm. Left valve very flat and pecu-
liarly compressed at the umbone. Right valve convex. Byssal
notch small with three denticles on lower margin. Shell white
with left valve maculated with brown and black. Right valve
white. Both valves yellow at the umbones. Hinge line straight
and stained with coffee-brown on interior. Auricles very large
and equal. Auricles on both valves are radially ribbed with
three main ribs which are squamate. Ribs number nine or ten
and are rounded with the tops of each, on both valves, covered
with crowded scales or fimbriations about half the length of rib
starting at the outer margin. Sides of ribs and bottoms of inter-
stices are smooth. Both ribs and interstices rounded and of
practically the same size.

Holotype and several paratypes were taken at Escape Pass
near Cape Leveque in N. W. Australia from tidewater to six
fathoms. Holotype in The Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia, No. 225038.

The specimens examined were taken in shallow water at low
tide. Although Murex, Cypraea, Conus and Mitra were also
taken the only other Pecten taken near the locality was P.
{Comptopallium) radula Linne. P. radula is narrow and elon-
gate with ten to fourteen rounded broad ribs with radial ribbing
covering them and fine concentric lines crossing them, giving
the shell a granular appearance. It has no scales or fimbriations
and the left valve is slightly convex.

Recently some shells taken at the Palau Islands have many
of the characteristics of this new variant. However the Palau
I. shells have a slight curve in the posterior and anterior margins,
the left valve is not as flat and the scales or fimbriations are
not as pronounced. These slight differences may be entirely due
to local genetic or ecologic variations.

The author wishes to acknowledge and thank Dr. Harold
Rehder of the Nat. Museum in Washington, Dr. Tucker Abbott
of the Academy of Nat. Sciences of Philadelphia and Dr. Leo
G. Hertlein of the Cal. Academy of Sciences in San Francisco
for their help in identifying this shell.

October, 1957] the nautilus 55

THE RANGE OF THE SEA SCALLOP

By J. A. PosGAY
U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Woods Hole, Mass.

The range of the sea scallop, Placopecten magellanicus
(Gmelin), has been variously reported to be from Labrador to
New Jersey (Pratt, 1935; Miner, 1950), Newfoundland to New
Jersey (Morris, 1947), and Labrador to Cape Hatteras (Abbott,
1955). A search of the literature and major museum collections
has been made in an attempt to clear up this confusion among
the most generally available manuals. From the evidence
gathered, the limits seem to be from the north shore of the
Gulf of St. Lawrence to Cape Hatteras.

Since the sea scallop is an important commercial mollusk, the
United States and Canada maintain records of the location and
extent of their sea scallop fisheries. These records show that sea
scallop beds of sufficient extent and density to support a fishery
occur from Port au Port Bay, Newfoundland (Latitude 48° 30'
N) to the Virginia Capes (Latitude 36° 50' N). The animal
probably occurs both north and south of the limits of the
fishery.

The uttermost limit of the range of any sedentary marine
animal is usually a vague and shifting line. A specific locality
may be unsuitable for survival in most years, but in occasional
years the environmental stresses may be reduced to the point
where some fraction of the hardier members of a population can
survive and grow. Therefore, the fringes of the range can be
expected to produce only a thin population in occasional years.

Whiteaves (1901), after investigating the records of every
major expedition which had collected in Eastern Canada, said
that the most northern locality in which the sea scallop has been
dredged was Caribou Island, Province of Quebec. His reference
is Packard (1867). Caribou Island (Lat. 51° 25' N, Long. 57°
39' W) is well inside the Gulf of St. Lawrence. No more
northerly record has been found in the literature which has
accumulated since Whiteaves' time.

The only evidence that I have found to support the idea that
the sea scallop occurs off Labrador is one shell (No. 27271) in
the mollusk collection of the United States National Museum.

56 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 71 (2)

It is labeled "Caribou Island, Labrador" and cataloged as hav-
ing been received from Stimpson in 1875 along with a great
many other shells. There is no mention of the collector. The
most probable inference is that these shells were either from
Stimpson 's private specimen collection or the results of some
dredging expedition.

Going backward in time, the first expeditions which might
have collected the shell are those of A. S. Packard in 1860 and
186-4. He dredged from Little Mecatina Island, in the Gulf of
St. Lawrence, through the Straits of Belle Isle and along the
Atlantic coast of Labrador as far north as Hopedale. His
dredging locations are only given verbally and the sea scallop
is mentioned as being found off Caribou Island. Whiteaves
correctly locates this in Quebec. Packard, however, calls his
paper ''A View of the Invertebrate Fauna of Labrador." He
also acknowledges that he is: "indebted to . . ., Dr. William
Stimpson, . . . for valuable aid in identifying the species men-
tioned below." Stimpson probably was given his choice of the
duplicates, labeled the sea scallop shell ' ' Caribou Island, Labra-
dor" and pla'ced it in his private collection. Later, he presented
part or all of his collection, including the sea scallop shell with
the faulty label, to the United States National Museum.

Dredging records for the area in which the southern limit of
the range might be expected to fall are scarce. Chesnut (1951),
however, says that fishermen report taking sea scallops in their
nets occasionally while trawling off Cape Hatteras. This is
about as far south as they would be expected to occur. As has
been shown experimentally (Posgay, 1953), juvenile sea scallops
cannot survive exposure to water temperatures above 23° C;
mature specimens are killed by water over 20° C.

The average 20° C. bottom isotherm, at its most northerly
position, leaves the shore at Cape Hatteras and sweeps gently
northward until it is parallel to the bottom contours at about
the 100 fathom curve. Probably no sea scallops would be found
south of Cape Hatteras or in deep water off the North Carolina
coast.

References

Abbott, R. T. 1955. American Seashells. Van Nostrand, New
York.

October, 1957] the nautilus 57

Chesnut, a. F. 1951. The Oyster and Other Mollusks in
North Carolina. Survey of Marine Fisheries of North Caro-
lina, University of North Carolina Press.

Miner, R. W. 1950. Field Book of Seashore Life. G. P. Put-
nam 's Sons, New York.

Morris, P. A. 1947. A Field Guide to the Shells of Our
Atlantic and Gulf Coasts, Houghton Mifflin Co., Boston.

Packard, A. S. 1867. View of the Recent Invertebrate Fauna
of Labrador. Memoirs Boston Society of Natural History,
Vol. 1.

PosGAY, J. A. 1953. Sea Scallop Investigations. Sixth Report
on Investigations of the Shell Fisheries of Massachusetts.
Comm. of Mass., Dept. of Cons., Div. of Mar. Fish.

Pratt, H. S. 1935. Manual of the Common Invertebrate Ani-
mals. Blakiston Company, Philadelphia.

Whiteaves, J. F. 1901. Catalogue of the Marine Invertebrata
of Eastern Canada. Geological Survey of Canada, Ottawa.

PROPOSED REVISION OF HALIOTIS RUBER

By Egbert K. Talmadge

In the course of a systematic and comparative study of the
marine family Haliotidae, some interesting information came to
light that may be of interest to malacologists. The literature
covering the species, that was once known as Haliotis naevosa
Martyn, 1784, was a bit confusing. There were several names
and descriptions covering either closely allied species, or races
of a species that varied from locality to locality. The writer,
after an intensive study of this group, feels that a single species
is represented, but that it may be divided into three geographical
races. This proposed revision is based upon the following in-
formation.

The approach to the problem was the same method utilized by
ornithologists in their monographic works, a comparison of
populations of a species. Ino, 1951, had utilized this method on
his work with the discus-kamtschatkana problem. Talmadge,
1956, had followed this method in the discussion of the Haliotis
varia. Others had found this method satisfactory in working
with land mollusks, and it is gradually being accepted as a basic
method of taxonomy. By this kind of comparisons, the various
age stages, ecological populations, and pathological specimens are
better understood, and evaluated.

58 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 71 (2)

Specimens were obtained in as large quantities as possible,
with accurate locality data. Various private, university, and
museum collections were utilized as well as the writer's personal
collection. Each collecting station was plotted on a large scale
map, with pertinent data as to average temperatures, currents,
and the basic geology. Soft parts were obtained and studied in
conjunction with the shells. Research libraries were used in
order to obtain the original descriptions and illustrations. After
all the data were assembled and compared, there appeared to be
a natural sequence of distribution and a gradual merging of one
shell type into another with similar animal parts. This is one
of the best methods in working with the haliotids; as has been
found in separation of the species, the soft parts are quite
distinct.

Apparently in the southern part of Australia, a warm temper-
ate region (Macphearson), or the Flindersian of Hedley con-
tained a shell that was rather elongate, high spired, with strong
lamellae. This sort of shell merged into a more ovate, lower
spired population with low rounded lamellae as one entered the
cool temperate (Macphearson) or Peronian (Hedley). This
kind of shell in turn gradually became nearly circular with a
depressed spire, no lamellae, and a distinct groove below the
siphonal angle as tropical waters were reached from around the
Capricorn Islands or the Solandrian Province. With this
gradual merging of shell features, the animal parts remained
the same. Juvenile shells were identical up to around 20 mm.
major diameter and could not be separated. A search of litera-
ture indicated that all of these races were already named, but due
to the similarities, there appeared to be some confusion as to the
status. The following names are presented for consideration.

IIaliotis ruber ruber Leach.

H. naevosa Martyn, 1784, Universal Conchologist, t. 34.
H. ruber Leach, 1814, Zool. Misc., p. 54, f. 23.

This is the ovate, thin, shell, with the medium spire and low
rounded lamellae. The range covers New South Wales, Southern
Queensland, and Eastern Victoria. Martyn in his description
gave the locality as New South Wales, but Leach referred only
to Nova Hollandia. If Leach's figured specimen was typical,
the range of the type locality would be from around Brisbane,
Queensland south to the northern portion of Victoria. If the

October, 1957] the nautilus 59

figured specimen was not typical, the range could be extended
north to the Capricorn Islands and south to around Melbourne,
Victoria.

Specimens from around Melbourne in the south are not typical
in comparison with the more northern specimens, but seem to
be intermediate with the South Australian race. By the same
token, Capricorn Island specimens are mixed as to populations.

Haliotis ruber improbula Iredale
H. naevosa improhulum Iredale, 1924. Proc. Linn. Soc. of

N. S. W., p. 222.
H. improbula, Cotton 1943, Trans. Royal Soc. of S. A., pi.

XXIII.

This race of H. ruber is rather elongate, thick, high spired,
and has coarse lamellae crossing the shell. The animal parts are
the same as specimens from New South Wales and Victoria.

Iredale gave the type locality as Port Fairy, Western Victoria.
Population series from that locality westward indicate that the
Victoria station is just within the range of this subspecies. The
exact western limits of the range are unknown to the writer, but
a small series from Cape Esperence indicate that the race ranges
to that general locality.

Haliotis ruber clathrata Reeve

H. clathrata, Reeve, 1846, Conch. Icon., Vol. Ill, f . 72.

In the tropical waters north of Australia, there is a small,
nearly circular, depressed race of H. ruber, that has a depressed
spire, a groove below the siphonal angle and lacks the cross
lamellae in adult shells. Reeve gave Bohol, in the Philippine
Islands as his type locality. Many authors have referred
clathrata to H. ruber as a juvenile. As mentioned earlier, juve-
nile specimens can not be separated in their early stages. Speci-
mens from Northern Queensland seem to fall into this race, as
do specimens from Thursday Island, northern New Caledonia,
Indonesia, and Malaya. In some lots examined, muscle scars
were present in specimens not over forty millimeters in diameter.
The fact that muscle scars were present and that no large speci-
mens have been found in this tropical area as far as known,
indicates that this northern race is also much smaller than the
ruber s.s. further south. In a population series from the Capri-

60 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 71 (2)

corn Islands, the small round race is indicated, but not until
Townsville, Queensland is reached does the race become separable
enough to warrant a subspecific name.

The writer wishes at this time to express his appreciation to
the various private collectors, museums, and universities in
Australia, Indonesia, Malaya, and the United States for fur-
nishing material and field information pertaining to this study.
Thanks are also given to Stanford University and to the Cali-
fornia Academy of Sciences for the use of their research libraries.
In case others may have pertinent data, my address is: Willow
Creek, California.

ELLIPTIC COMPLANATUS ROANOKENSIS IN THE

NEUSE RIVER

By WALDEMAR M. WALTER and RICHARD A. PARKER
Department of Zoology, State College of Washington, Pullman, Washington

In 1950 and 1951 the Neuse River Basin in North Carolina
was studied to determine the mollusks present and their dis-
tribution (Walter, 1956). Among those collected were 32 shells
of Elliptio complanatus roanokensis (Lea, 1836).

Empty shells of E. complanatus roanokensis were taken from
six Neuse River stations, one in the Coastal Plain, five in the
Fall Zone. Three of the latter group of stations yielded live
specimens. Prior to their collection from the bedrock of the
river bottom, they were seen lying on their sides in fast-flowing
waters from two to five feet deep. At least 100 live specimens
were readily available, but most were left, to conserve what
appeared to be a locally distributed, small population. At one
of the three stations supporting live E. complanatus roanokensis,
about four feet of fast, turbid water prevented visual determina-
tion of their attitude before removal. However, the shells were
acquired here by lightly scraping the even, firm bottom with a
scraper net. Since almost nothing but shells was brought up,
there can be little doubt that here, too, the big mussels were
lying on their sides.

Athearn (1954) reports this form from packed sand and
gravel in fairly rapid current, but says nothing of mussel posi-
tion relative to substrate ; since he describes the substrate as

October, 1957] the nautilus 61

packed, a partly buried position seems unlikely. If the usual
position of E. complanatus roanokensis in the Neuse River is also
characteristic of other drainages, then this naiad occupies a dis-
tinctive habitat. Other Neuse Basin species were found in the
usually described position of freshwater mussels, i.e., partly em-
bedded in the bottom with the posterior exposed.

The dorsal muscle scars of E. complanatus roanokensis, as
noted by Simpson (1914), form a row extending backwards
through the beak cavity from about the posterior edge of the
pseudocardinal tooth, whereas the dorsal muscle scars of Neuse
Basin E. complanatus occupy only a small depression.

In addition to the differing habitat and arrangement of the
dorsal muscle scars, there is a conchometric difference, the

Table I

A Summary of Some Components Used in the
Multiple Regression Analyses

Group

(mm.)

D.L

b r

Regression

D.H

b r

H.L

b r

E. complanatus
roanokensis

0.272 0.927

0.480 0.926

0.555 0.983

N: 32

Mean

Range

34.6
13-42

138.0
56-165

71.1

28-87

E. complanatus

0.353 0.951

0.629 0.971

0.562 0.979

N: 117

Mean

Range

23.9
3-46

71.1
9-118

39.9
5-68

reality of which was tested as follows. The greatest diameter,
height and length of 117 E. complanatus, and 32 E. complanatus
roanokensis shells were measured to the nearest millimeter. Mul-
tiple regression analyses of these data gave an objective com-
parison of the two groups. Excellent simple correlations (r)
exist among the various dimensions, and there is good agreement
between the estimated slopes (b) of the bivariate regressions
(Table I) and the ratios (D/H, D/L, H/L) of the appropriate
mean values.

Diameter was chosen arbitrarily as the dependent variable.
Since some error was inevitable in measuring height and length,
the analytical method used here is inexact; however, the relia-
bility of the results obtained seems sufficient to validate the con-

62 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 71 (2)

elusion reached. The equations arrived at for E. ccmiplanatics
(1) and E. complanatus roanokensis (2) are:

(1) D = - 1.3 + 0.005L + 0.621H

(2) D = - 1.3 + 0.147L + 0.219H

An analysis of the errors of estimate from a common regression
plane and from the two individual regression planes shows there
is a highly significant difference between the two shell forms
(Table II), thus substantiating the previously noted differences.
The data so far presented appear adequate to permit restora-
tion of the specific rank given the form roanokensis by Isaac Lea.

Table II

Analysis of the Errors of Estimate from a Common
Regression and Individual Subspecies Regressions

Source of
Variation

d.f.

Sum of
Squares

Mean
Square

Deviations from a
common regression

146

1255

(0.1027) (12221)

Deviations from individual
subspecies regressions

143

824

5.76

(0.1450) (2010) + (0.0728) (7325)

Difference between a common
regression and subspecies
regressions

431

143.7

F =

143.7

= 24.9

5.76

F3, 143 (.g9) = 3.9

However, such a move would be of dubious validity, if for no
other reason than the small number of E. complanatus roanoken-
sis shells studied. A second reason for feeling so is that six
intergrades had the shell shape and proportions of E. com-
planatus, but had the dorsal muscle scars of E. complanatus
roanokensis. Finally, seven dead shells were taken from a pile
of dried mud on the base of a midstream bridge support in the
lower Neuse, four of which were E. complanatus, three, E.
complanatus roanokensis.

The latter three specimens were noteworthy in two ways.
First, they were among the smallest encountered, the range of
diameter being 13-21 mm., of height, 28^6 mm., and of length,
56-93 mm. Second, these were the only E. complanatus roano-

October, 1957] the nautilus 63

kensis shells seen, alive or dead, partly buried in such a way
as to make it appear they might have been living there before
exposure and killing by drouth. Also possibly, of course, the
entire situation at the bridge was an artifact of flood, of animals,
or other agency. The existence of these three and of two others
less than 100 mm. long argues against the possibility that the
large ones, of which most were 145-155 mm. long, are a gerontic
variant of E. complanatiis.

A question raised by the "bridge shells" is that of the habitat
occupied by the smaller, younger ones. Where do they occur?
The question is implicit in the fact that the only living specimens
found reclining in strong currents were large adults, although
two empty shells less than 100 mm. long were found in such a
place.

As Ortmann (1919) and Athearn (1954) have concluded,
E. complanatus roanokensis may prove to be but a variety of
E. complanatus when critically studied over its whole range.
But, the population in the Neuse River, as presently known, is of
subspecific rank.

References

Athearn, H. D. 1954. A variation of Elliptio complanatus
Solander. Amer. Malacol. Union News Bull, and Ann. Rep.
1954, pp. 13-14.

Ortmann, A. E. 1919. Monograph of the naiades of Pennsyl-
vania. Part III. Mem. Carnegie Mus. 8 : 1-384.

Simpson, C. T. 1914. A descriptive catalogue of the naiades,
or pearly freshwater mussels. B. Walker, Detroit.

Walter, W. M. 1956. Mollusks of the upper Neuse River
Basin, North Carolina. Jour. Elisha Mitch. Sci. Soc. 72 (2) :
262-274.

CATALOGUE OF THE LAND MOLLUSCA
OF ARGENTINA

By J. J. PAEODIZ

(Concluded from July number)
Streptaxidae

Streptaxis regius Lobbecke, 1881, p. 49. Type loc. : ''Brazil.
Distr. : S. Brazil; Misiones, (probably N. Corrientes).

64 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 71 (2)

8. apertus depressus Martens, 1868, p. 180. Type loe.?. Distr. :
S. Brazil; Misiones, Corrientes, Entre Rios, Martin Garcia
Island; Uruguay.

Scolodontidae

Scolodonta semperi (Doering). Streptaxis (Scolodonta) s.
Doer., 1875, p. 438. Type loc. : ''shores of Parana." Distr.:
Corrientes, Entre Rios, Buenos Aires, Cordoba, Catamarca,
La Rioja, Jujuy.

Happia hylephila (Orbigny). Helix h. Orb., 1835, p. 7. Type
loc. : Forests between Santa Cruz and Chiquitos, Bolivia.

H. h. ochtephila (Orbigny). Helix o., Orb., 1835, p. 6; Helix
h. 0. Orb., 1837, p. 253. Type Loc. : Feliciano, Entre Rios.

H. skiaphila (Orbigny). Helix s. Orb,, 1835, p. 5; Happia s.
H. Scott, 1948, p. 257. Type loc: Cochabamba, Bolivia.
Distr. : Salta, Jujuy.

Drepanostomella ammoniformis (Orbigny). Helix a. Orb., 1835,
p. 5 ; Ammonoceras a. Doering, 1875, p. 149. Type loc. :
Yungas, Bolivia. Distr.: S. Bolivia; Tucuman; some speci-
mens from Paraguay, identified as ammoniformis, are very
close to D. hanghuasi (Thiele) and Happia iheringi Pilsbry.

D. circumscripta Hylton Scott, 1948, p. 262, fig. 10. Type loc. :
Urundel, Salta.

D. tucma Hylton Scott, 1948, p. 264, fig. 11. Type loc. : Yerba
Buena, near Tucuman city.

References

Ancey, C. F. 1892. Journ. of Conch., 2: 90.

. 1897. Bull. Mus. di Torino, 12 : 1.

. 1901. Le Naturaliste, 81 and 82.

. 1903. Journ. de Conch., 51: 39.

. 1904. Naut., 17 : 102.

Baker, H. B. 1923. Occ. Pap. M.Z.U. Mich., no. 137; 1925,

no. 156 ; 1926, no. 167 ; 1930, no. 220.
Bequaert, J. C. 1948. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 100.

. 1949. Naut., 62: 113.

Broderip, W. J. 1832. Proc. Z. S. London, 2 : 104.
Brooks, S. T. 1936. Ann. Carnegie Mus., 25 : 123.
Burmeister, G. C. 1861. Reis. durch La Plata Statten, 2 : 77.
CocKERELL, T. D. A. 1893. Conchologist, 2 : 168.

. 1926. Naut., 39:77.

CoLOSi, G. 1922. An. Mus. Nac. Hist. Nat. Buenos Aires, 31:

475.
Crawford, G. I. 1939. Naut., 52: 115.

Crosse, H. 1870. Journ. de Conch., 28 : 301 ; 1871, ibid, 19 : 69.
Doering, A. 1874. Bol. Acad. Nac. C. Cordoba, 1 : 432 ; 1875,

ibid., 2: 300; 1879, ibid., 3: 63; 1885, ibid., 7 : 457 ; 1916, ibid.,

21: 301.

October, 1957] the nautilus 65

1875. Periodico ZooL, 1 : 1 and 129 ; 2 : 219.
1878. Jarh. Deut. Malak. Ges., 5 : 130.
1881. Informe Ofic. Exped. Rio Negro, part 1, p. 61.
1884. Actas Acad. Nac. Cienc. Cordoba, 5 : 111.
1907. Rev. Mus. La Plata, 14 : 172.
DoHRN, H. 1875. Malak. Blatt., 22 : 2.
Felippone, F. and Barattini, L. P. 1938. Bol. Inst. Oceanogr.

Uruguay, 1 : 37.
Ferussac, D. de and G. P. Deshayes. 1820. Hist. Nat. des

Moll.
Fischer, P. 1875. Journ. de Conch., 23: 53; ibid., 1879, 28:

271.
. 1878. Miss. Scient. Mex. et Amer. Cent. Rech. ZooL 7,

pt. 1.
Formica Corsi, A. 1900. An. Mus. Montevideo, 2 : 291.
Gould, A. A. 1852. U. S. Expl. Exped.
Haas, F. 1936. Senckenbergiana, 17 : 143.
HoLMBERG, E. L. 1909. Apunt. Hist. Nat. (Buenos Aires),

1 : 9 ; 27 ; 91.
. 1912. An. Mus. Hist. Nat. Buenos Aires, 23: 147;

Physis, 1 : 19 ; 1913. Physis, 1 : 171.
HuPE, H. in Castelnau, F. 1857. Anim. nouv. de I'Amer. du

Sud, III.
Hylton Scott, M. I. 1939. Rev. Mus. La Plata, ZooL, 1 : 217 ;

1945,4: 195.

. 1946. Notas Mus. La Plata, 11 : 359 ; 363.

. 1948. Acta ZooL Lilloana, 6 : 229 ; 241 ; ibid., 1951, 10 :

5; 12: 539.

. 1951. Physis, 20 : 252 ; ibid., 1954, 20 : 409.

1954. Neotropica, 1:1; ibid., 1955, 1 : 65.

Ihering, H. v. 1908. An. Mus. Nac. Hist. Buenos Aires, 27:

429.

. " 1912. J. Acad. Nat. Sc. Ph., 15 : 417.

. 1914. Notas Prelim. Mus. Paulista, 1 : 1.

Jaeckel, J. 1927. ZooL Anz., 72: 136.

King, P. P. and Broderip, W. J. 1832. ZooL Journ., 5, no.

19: 340.
Kobelt, W. 1876. Nachr. Deut. Malak. Ges., 8 : 1.

. 1880. Jahrb. Deut. Malak. Ges., 7 : 286 ; 1882, 9 : 1.

LoBBECKE, T. 1881. Nachr. Deut. Malak. Ges., 13: 49.
Marshall, W. J. 1930. Proc. U. S. N. M., 78, no. 2.

. 1931. Naut., 46 : 100.

Martens, E. v. 1868. Malak. Blatt., 15 : 180.

. 1894. Jarhb. Deut. Malak. Ges., 3 : 12.

. 1901. Biol. Cent. Amer. ; Land and F.-W. Moll.

MoRiCAND, J. 1833/46. Soc. Phys. et Hist. Nat. Gen., 6 and 11.
Orbigny, a. d'. 1835. Mag. de ZooL, 5: 11.

66 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 71 (2)

1837. Voy. dans TAmer. Merid., 5, and 9 atlas.

Parodiz, J. J. 1939. Physis, 17 : 711 ; 1942, 19 : 191 and 319 ;

1949, 20 : 216 and 334.

. 1940. Not. Mus. La Plata, 5 : 227 ; 1946, 11: 301.

. 1941. Naut., 54: 92.

. 1944. Com. Zool. Mus. Montevideo, 1, no. 8, 11, 17;

1946, ibid., 2, no. 27 ; 1947, no. 38 ; 1948 ; no. 46.

. 1946. Rev. Mus. La Plata (N.S.) Zool., 4: 303.

. 1954. Neotropica, 1 : 17 ; 1955, 1: 93; 1956, 2: 59.

Paravicini, G. 1894. Boll. Mus. di Torino, 9 : 181.
Pfeiffer, L. 1846. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 14: 249.

. 1848. Monog. Helic. Viv., 1, 2.

. 1851. Zeitschr. fur Malak., 8 : 13.

Philifpi, R. a. 1860. Reis. d. Wueste Atacama.

. 1867. Malak. Blatt., 14 : 77.

PiLSBRY, H. A. 1895-1916. Man. of Conch., 2d ser. 1895/96,

10; 1897/98, 11; 1899, 12; 1902, 14; 1916, 22.

. 1896, Nat., 10: 41, 76.

. 1897. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Ph. : 18 ; 1898 : 476 ; 1901 : 385 ;

1931: 355.

1911. Princ. Patagonian Exped., 3 (2d) Zool.

PiLSBRY, H. A. AND Ihering, H. V. 1900. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc.

Ph. : 390.
Preston, A. 1909. An. & Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 8, 3 : 507.
Rafinesque, C. S. 1833. Atl. J. Friend of Knowl., Phil., 5:

165.
Saussaye, p. de. 1853. Journ. de Conch., 4: 249.
SCHLESCH, H. 1935. Arch. f. Mollusk, 62: 86.
Smith, E. A. 1905. Proc. Mai. Soc. Lond., 6 : 333.
Spix, J. B. DE. 1827. Test. Fluv. Brasil.
Strebel, H. 1910. Abhand. a. d. Geb. Natur., 19 : 3
Strobel, p. 1868. Atti Soc. Ital. Sc. Nat., 9 (3).

1874. Bibliot. Malac, Pisa. 4.

SuTER, H. 1900. Rev. Mus. Paulista, p. 329.
Wood, W. 1828. Suppl. Ind. Test.

THE TWENTY-THIRD ANNUAL MEETING OF THE

AMERICAN MALACOLOGICAL UNION

July 19-22, 1957

When each annual meeting of the A.M.U. becomes history, one
is tempted to describe it as ''best ever." Without dealing in
superlatives, the 1957 meeting at Yale University was well
])lanne(l, well attended and well conducted. Only the 1956
meeting betteri d the registration of one hundred and eleven,
and tlie quality of the scientific papers was outstanding.

October, 1957] the nautilus 67

Mr. Percy A. Morris of the Peabody Museum was the official
host, aided by the Connecticut Shell Club. Visitors were housed
in freshmen dormitories on the old campus and made good use of
the facilities, not the least of which were the benches beneath
the ancient elms. The spirit of earlier students seemed to linger
about the stately old college ; indeed, the room in Connecticut
Hall set aside as A.M.U. headquarters reputedly was the bed-
room of Nathan Hale. Malacologists too have left their mark
at Yale University ; here Benjamin Silliman compiled his Journal
which ran to 255 volumes and here Charles Montague Cooke
studied under Addison E. Verrill. The shell collection which
they began is now cared for by Percy Morris who has brought it
up to date and adds to it as the occasion affords.

President Ruth D. Turner conducted the four-day meeting;
three of the four days were given over to scientific papers. Some
of them were in the form of symposiums ; one on medical mala-
cology was led by Dr. Edward H. Michelson, another which re-
ported on research work in a U. S. Fisheries Laboratory was
conducted by the Director of the laboratory. Dr. Victor L.
Loosanoff. The third and largest on the subject of the dis-
tribution of New World mollusca and conducted by Dr. Thomas
E. Pulley occupied an entire afternoon. Limited time curtailed
most of these interesting papers and no discussion was possible.
In all probability they will be compiled and published by the
A.M.U. at a future date.

Kodachrome slides furnished by members and recalling pre-
vious meetings were shown out-of-doors on a balmy evening,
and on another occasion reports of the activities of member
clubs were made by members who happened to be present. The
annual dinner was highlighted by a brief talk by Dr. Henry A.
Pilsbry and by an illustrated accounting by Mr. George F. Kline
of "Fielding for the Pros."

At the annual business meeting, it was announced that A.M.U.
membership now is 598, an all-time high. Miss Ruth E. Coats,
secretary of the Pacific Division, was present, reported a most
successful meeting of that group at Santa Barbara in early June.
The new officers of the A.M.U. Pac. Div. are : chairman, Albert
R. Mead; vice-chairman, John E. Fitch; secretary-treasurer,
Ruth E. Coats.

The following were elected to serve as officers for 1957-58 :
president, Aurele LaRocque ; vice-president, R. Tucker Abbott ;

68 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 71 (2)

2nd vice-president, Albert R. Mead; secretary-treasurer, Mar-
garet S. Teskey; publications editor, George M. Moore; council-
lors-at-large, Emery P. Chace, Ralph W. Dexter, Percy A. Morris,
Katherine v. w. Palmer.

A field trip to the U. S. Fisheries Laboratory at Milford,
Connecticut, occupied all the final day. Dr. Victor Loosanoff
proved an able host and his guests were given the opportunity
to inspect his busy laboratory together with many special ex-
hibits, then were taken to sea aboard the two laboratory boats
and given an exhibition of dredging on several types of bottom.
The very enjoyable day was a fitting end to the 1957 meeting
of the American Malacological Union. An invitation to meet
in September, 1958 at the University of Michigan at Ann Arbor
has been accepted. — Margaret C. Teskey, Secretary.

WILLIAM GILBERT FARGO
1867-1957

As already noticed in the pages of The Nautilus (vol. 70, no.
4, p. 140), Mr. William Gilbert Fargo passed away at his winter
home at Pass-a-Grille beach, Florida, on Feb. 2nd, 1957, at the
advanced age of 89. A civil engineer by profession, Mr. Fargo
had maintained a life-long interest in geology and natural his-
tory, especially in ornithology, and in his later years turning
to the study of mollusks, both recent and fossil.

Mr. Fargo was born in the city of Jackson, Michigan, on
December 6, 1867, the only son of William II. and Nellie (Gil-
bert) Fargo. After two years of high school where he studied
some mathematics, physics and chemistry, Mr. Fargo, now 18
years of age, obtained his first employment in an engineer and
survey office as draftsman and field assistant. Here he learned
to run a Dumpy level and transit. Shortly afterwards, he
opened his own office doing land and drainage surveying and
at 22 years of age he was elected county surveyor and custodian
of records, some of which dated back to 1823-25, and in 1895
published a detailed property map of the city based on original
surveys. Together with practical experience gained in the field,
he completed his engineering education by home study and cor-

October, 1957] the nautilus 69

respondence courses. He now commenced the surveys of several
river basins in Michigan for the purpose of locating sites for
hydroelectric dams, the first of these leading to the construction
of the ''Trowbridge Dam" on the Kalamazoo river above
Allegan. In 1913, together with four other associates, he
founded the Fargo Engineering company, its main offices located
in Jackson. While Mr. Fargo remained active in the company,
that is through 1925, 61 hydroelectric stations had been designed
and constructed partly or wholly under their supervision located
in 29 states of the union, and 5 others in Canada and elsewhere.
The company also designed and erected 9 major steam plants as
well as many miles of high tension transmission lines. The
Fargo company was also a pioneer in the design of many new
types of dam and spillway construction which since have become
current practice. Of the many plants erected during this period,
all are still in full operation without any serious failures having
occurred, an accomplishment in engineering design and con-
struction of which the Fargo company can be justifiably proud.
From an early date, Mr. Fargo had been a serious and ob-
servant student of nature which was no doubt fostered and
strengthened by his contacts with the great out-of-doors, as he
ran his surveys or pushed his canoe up and down the many
water-ways of Michigan in the search for power-plant sites. In
1925, Mr. Fargo, then at the age of 55 years, retired from active
participation in company operations in order the better to devote
his attention to natural history studies. He now began to spend
longer periods at his winter home at Pass-a-Grille on Boca Ciega
Bay near the entrance to Tampa Bay. Besides geology, mineral-
ogy and botany, birds had also been a major interest since his
boyhood and he now plunged into their study and the collecting
of scientific skins with increased vigor. Mr. Fargo 's accomplish-
ments in ornithology are too extensive to be recorded here. At
the time of his arrival in Florida in the early 1920ths, Pass-a-
Grille was a part of a vast expanse of sandy beaches which
stretched northward to Indian Rocks and beyond. As reported
by Mr. Frederick Gaige, formerly of the University of Michigan,
who often accompanied Fargo on his bird trips, here was a large
area of salt grass marshland, the habitat of the seaside and sharp
tailed sparrows as well as a patch of mangrove which harbored a
fine colony of the yellow crowned night heron. Here also, Mr.

70 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 71 (2)

Fargo collected the first specimens of the grooved bill ani to be
recorded from Florida. Outside of Florida, Mr. Fargo collected
in upper Michigan and made several lengthy canoe trips in
Canada between 1921 and 1928, covering principally the region
between the Great Lakes and James Bay. In addition to his own
collecting, he also financed several major expeditions to Texas,
Mexico and the southwest under the auspices of the Museum
of Zoology of the University of Michigan, principally for the
purpose of bird study. An expedition to Panama, and two to
the Great Bend region and the Chisos Mountains of Texas were
especially fruitful. He also purchased the L. Whitney Watkins
collection consisting principally of Michigan bird skins as well
as providing the funds for the purchase of thousands of bird
skins from Paraguay, Guatemala, Mexico, Canada and elsewhere,
which all w^ere presented to the Museum of Zoology at the Uni-
versity of Michigan. In 1927, the regents of the University
appointed him to the position of Honorary Curator of Birds, a
title which was changed in 1943 at his request to that of Honor-
ary Curator of Paleozoology in the Museum of Paleontology and
Zoology. He was a member of the Wilson Ornithological Club
and of the American Ornithological Union besides several others.
He accumulated a very large library on American birds which he
donated finally to the Jackson County Audubon Society. For a
space of 30 years or more, he was a close friend of the late Dr.
Josselyn Van Tyne, curator of birds at the Museum of Zoology
of the University of Michigan, also of Mr. Frederick Gaige,
formerly Director of the same institution. He was instrumental
in having set aside a bird refuge, ''the Palmer Bird Haven,"
a 53 acre tract on Sandstone creek near the city of Jackson,
Michigan.

As he spent so much of his time at Pass-a-Grille on the west
coast of Florida where shells are common, it was but natural
that Mr. Fargo would become interested in conchology. Also
according to information furnished by Mr. Gaige, his interest
in shells may also have been further stimulated by his aquaint-
ance with Joe Lee, a retired British soldier who had a small
shack on Long Key and who helped to eke out his meager pension
through the sale of marine curios to tourists and visitors. On
many a trip, they traversed the beach together for shells, es-
pecially after a heavy blow, or collected at low tide at night with

October, 1957] the nautilus 71

a gasoline lantern. In 1938, the locality for Pliocene or Caloosa-
hatchee shells was discovered by Mr. A. P. Cales in the northern
suburbs of Saint Petersburg which thenceforth was to receive
much of Mr. Fargo 's intensive method of research. In 1940, Mr.
Charles R. Locklin of Saint Petersburg and Pontiac, Michigan,
joined in this work, several tons of marl was dug up, washed,
screened and picked over, resulting in the assembling of a very
large collection of finely preserved fossil shells, particularly rich
in the smaller, less kno^vn species. In addition, Mr. Locklin ex-
panded his collecting activities to other Caloosahatchee localities
so that in the working up of the Saint Petersburg fauna, good
material from the type area of the formation would also be
available for direct comparison. Although Fargo and Locklin
had already made preliminary identification of much of the
Saint Petersburg collections, the entire lot with the exception
of the Turridae was submitted to the Academy of Natural Sci-
ences of Philadelphia for further study and a final writeup which
culminated in the publication of a special volume entitled "The
Pliocene of Southern Florida" and issued as Number 8 of the
Monographic Series under the joint authorship of Olsson, Harbi-
son, Fargo and Pilsbry. In the course of the Saint Petersburg
collecting, Mr. Fargo had become interested in the Turridae
which partly through the special method of careful screening
and picking proved to be excessively abundant in both species
and individuals. This family of difficult shells was worked up
by Mr. Fargo and was published as a separate chapter of the
monograph, the group consisting of about 87 species, of which
37 forms were described as new along with 4 new genera. Cost
of publication and other expenses connected with the Saint
Petersburg monograph were paid by a grant from Mr. Fargo.
Since it was realized that expanding real-estate development
would in the course of a few years cover the site of the fossil
beds, Mr. Fargo and Mr. Locklin promoted and finally succeeded
in having this interesting area set aside as a park of about 26
acres so that properly qualified workers could still be able to
come here and collect.

Mr. Fargo was a self-made man in the best sense, who, having
achieved success in a competitive and technical field, continued
to live simply and without pretension. He was a modest and
highly sensitive person, retiring and self effacing to an unusual

72 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 71 (2)

degree, interested in art and music, and in all those things which
contribute towards true progress. He never married. He loved
children and they sought him out and trusted him. At an early
date, he began to organize study groups for young people which
he continued to lead until well into his eighties. He helped many
young men to secure their higher education in various branches
of science and even in art. Fargo had a high sense of civic re-
sponsibility and he gave unstintingly of his time to the city in
many hours of hard and often thankless work to serve on various
commissions, all without compensation, until forced to retire by
failing health. He served his city for many years as chairman
of a planning and zoning board and in the promoting of the
necessary laws through the state legislature. In the total, he
had contributed, over the years, a large sum of money to the ad-
vancement of science, partly in the financing of various collecting
expeditions, donations and grants to various museums, or for
publication needs, for the most part given anonymously. In
the passing of Mr. Fargo, the natural sciences have lost a true
friend, a man whose greatest joy was to render service to his
community and to the advancement of his chosen fields of study.
— Axel A. Olsson, June 15, 1957.

NOTES AND NEWS

Dates of Nautilus. — Vol. 70, no. 1, pp 1-36, pi. 1, was mailed
Aug. 13, 1956. No. 2, pp. 37-72, pis. 2-5, Nov. 12, 1956. No. 3,
pp. 73-108, pis. 6 & 7, Feb. 11, 1957. No. 4, pp. 109-144, i-vii,
pi. 8, April 29, 1957.— H. B. B.

In memoriam, William H. Weeks, 1870-1957. On April 29,
Mr. William H. Weeks died of heart trouble. He was 87 years
old. Mr. Weeks had a large hardware store in Brooklyn until
illness compelled him to retire. He lived on Willoughby Ave-
nue. In his earlier days he was a musician, and came from a
musical family. He built up a large collection of shells, mainly
from original collectors and from missionaries in all parts of
the world, spending a small fortune for shells. Two shells were
named in liis honor, ''Helix" alauda ivceksiana Blanes and
Fapuina wceksiana M. Smith. Mr. Weeks was a kindly person
who radiated enthusiasm and was always ready to help be-
ginners, and freely gave them of his duplicates. His collection

October, 1957] the nautilus iii

is being broken up and sold to collectors. He is survived by a
son H. Wellington Weeks, a musician. — Fred Tobleman.

GuLELLA BicoLOR (Hutton) IN FLORIDA. — In September 1956
Mr. Harold Feinberg of the New York Shell Club found a single
mature, live specimen of this oriental snail about one block south
of Coconut Grove Park, Coconut Grove, South Miami, Florida.
It is quite different from any snails taken in the east and very
closely resembles the excellent figure in Dr. Henry van der
Schalie's The Land and Fresh Water Mollus'ks of Puerto Rico
(Mus. Zool., U. of Mich., Mis. Pub. 70, 1948, pi. 5, fig. 11a, lib).
This species has heretofore not been recorded from Florida,
though there is a record from Charleston, South Carolina (ib.,
p. 69). It is not mentioned in Pilsbry's Land Mollusca of North
America, nor does it appear in any of the faunal lists from
Florida. Unfortunately no debris was taken from the place
where the snail was found and hence no immature specimens
were collected. This species may be presumed to be a very
recent importation, but, like most molluscan vagrants, can be ex-
pected to make its stay here permanent. It is widely but
sparsely distributed in many islands of the West Indies and
was recently reported from Havana. At various times it ap-
peared in the genera Ennea, Pupa, Huttonella, and Diaphora.
Morris K. Jacobson.

ViviPARus contectoides in Wisconsin. — According to Baker's
monograph on the Gastropoda of Wisconsin, published in 1928,
I find a note that the only record up to that time of Viviparus
contectoides in Wisconsin was a single shell found at Milwaukee,
and of doubtful origin. A few days ago a grandson of mine
(Eobert Chipley), vacationing on the Chain o 'Lakes in Wanpaca
county, brought me a dozen or so living specimens collected on
the shore of Knight Lake, a small lake at the upper end of the
chain. He tells me that the mollusk was present in large num-
bers both living and dead. — Robert G. Washburn.

Wanted: Pectens (world-wide). Exchange or purchase. Can offer good
marine specimens, many genera, with data.

Gilbert Grau, 2457 Claremont Ave., Hollywood 27, Calif.

For Exchange: Fine specimen shells, world wide.

Nick Katsaras, 479-B South Washington Ave., Bergenfield, N. J.

IV THE NAUTILUS

WILLIAM H. WEEKS SHELL COLLECTION: Now being offered for
sale. To receive free lists, send name and address to:

George E. Jacobs, 853 Eiverside Drive, N. Y. 32, N. Y.

For sale by Mail Auction: The extensive general shell collec-
tion of my late husband. Sea and land shells with data.

Mrs. H. David Vernon, 905 Leonello Ave., Los Altos, Calif.

INDEX TO THE NAUTILUS

Volumes 35-60

Pages : 322, frontispiece Price : $7.50

EAST COAST MARINE SHELLS (Fourth revised edition) . . . 6.00

WORLD-WIDE SEA SHELLS COMBINED WITH THE

ROCK SHELLS 6.00

Other publications out of print.

All post-paid in U. S. A.
Address author:

MAXWELL SMITH,
P.O. Box 8295, Asheville, North Carolina

NAUTlLrs 71 (3)

PLATE 5

llEXKV A. PILSBRV
1862-1957

The Pilsbry Nautilus

Vol. 71 JANUARY, 1958 No. 3

HENRY AUGUSTUS PILSBRY
1862-1957

Henry A. Pilsbry was born December 7/ 1862, on a farm near
Iowa City, in Johnson County, Iowa. He was the fourth child of
Dexter R. and Elizabeth (Anderson) Pilsbry, both of English
ancestry. He was married October 20, 1890, to Adeline Bul-
lock Avery, whom he lost November 13, 1924. On September
6, 1957, he suffered a heart attack at the Philadelphia Academy
of Natural Sciences, and was taken to Jefferson Hospital, where
he appeared to recover. October 11, with his doctor's consent,
he left for his winter home in Lantana, Florida, but had another
seizure there on the 22nd, and passed away in his sleep October
26. He was buried on the 30th, beside his wife, in the church-
yard of St. Asaph's which is on Conshohoken Road, between
City Line and St. Asaph's Road, in Bala (a suburb of Phila-
delphia) where he resided during his married life. The Pilsbrys
are survived by two daughters, Elizabeth and Grace (Mrs. Fred-
erick J. Barcroft).

Harry, which was his Iowa nickname, was educated in the
public schools of Iowa City and at the nearby University of
Iowa, from which he graduated in 1882 (B.Sc). He was inter-
ested in animals from an early age, and soon was making col-
lections of them. At college, this interest developed into a
desire for knowledge in paleontology and zoology, especially
in class work with Professors Samuel Calvin and Thomas H.
Macbride, and on field trips, which he felt privileged to share.
He first collected land and fresh water shells at this time, along
with his friend, Bohumil Shimek (1861-1937; N.50 -.140)2 ^^^

1 He gave Dee. 8 to ^' Who's who in America '' but changed it to Dec. 7
(Amer. men of sci.) because, as he told us: *'My sister heard the clock
strike midnight just after I was born. *'

2 Throughout this number, the Nautilus is abbreviated to N. and the
Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia to P.,
except in his ' ' Scientific contributions : ' ' Naut. & Proc. ANSP.

74 NAUTILUS [Vol. 71 (3)

became a leading authority on loess and its fossils. At first,
neither had any idea that books had been written about their
insignificant snails and mussels, although they had used texts
on geology and paleontology. But, through Prof. Calvin, De-
Kay's ** Natural History of New York" and Binney and Bland's
''Land and fresh- water shells of North America" were obtained,
and a new world of knowledge was disclosed.

After Harry's family left for Florida, several years were spent
in various capacities, including that of reporter, with newspaper
and publishing firms at Iowa City and Davenport, Iowa, but
all his spare time and evenings were devoted to the collection
and study of mollusks. During this period, he met Dr. R.
Ellsworth Call (1856-1917) at the Davenport Academy of Sci-
ences, and first published (1886, 2)^ his remarkable skill at
drawing.

He went to New York City as a proof reader (at which he
had great skill) in the summer of 1887. But soon he received
an invitation from George W. Tryon, Jr. (1838-1888; P.1888:
399, with portrait) and visited Philadelphia on Thanksgiving
Day. On December 1st, 6 days before his 25th birthday, Harry
was installed as Tryon 's assistant at the Academy of Natural
Sciences, probably on the Jessup Fund.* Apparently he might
have received up to twenty dollars a month until he became a
member (P.1892:505) about 12 weeks later (P.1888 :83). Tryon
had died quite suddenly on February 5th, 1888, but bequeathed
enough to continue his work.

Henry A. Pilsbry succeeded Tryon as Conservator of the
Conchological Section (P.1888 :447) and as Editor of the ''Man-
ual of Conchology" (P:405-406). For some years afterwards,
the expenses of the Manual and most of young Pilsbry 's liveli-
hood came from the sale of this and other publications. Neces-
sity partially explained his production of 8 parts (2 full vol-
umes) in 1889, 1890 and 1892, and 6 in 1891 (the year after
his marriage), 1893 and 1895. He wrote out the text longhand,
made many of the plates on lithographic stone, which meant
that he drew them as mirror images, and showed the tints for
the colored and fine editions, which were hand painted (as piece

3 Reference to his *' Scientific contributions" (1940, 1); see article on
later page.

* As Dr. Pilsbry told John Dyas Parker.

January, 1958] nautilus 75

work) by Philadelphia ladies ^ in their homes. He also began
the Nautilus in 1889 (see ''The Pilsbry Nautilus").

Frank C. Baker (1867-1942; N.56 :33, 97-99 & 98-pl.) as-
sisted him in curatorial work during 1889 (P:434) and 1890
(P:483), and Mrs. Pilsbry in 1891 (P:499). The American
Association of Conchologists was organized to assist the Section
in 1890 (P:482; N.3:140-143) but this promising society ap-
parently broke down during the "hard times" around 1893
(N.7:83; 10:94). Charles W. Johnson (1863-1932; N.46:37,
73-pl. & 129), who became Pilsbry 's partner in the Nautilus
in 1890, John H. Campbell (1847-1897 ; N.10:116), its president,
and John Ford (1827-1910; N.23 :121-pl. & 126) also were mem-
bers. Sherwood E. Roberts (1845-1928 ; N.42 :37-pl. & 60), who
was one of the founders (1866) of the Section, continued as
Treasurer of it and the Manual until his death. Henry was to
outlive all these friends and colleagues of his youth, and sadly
to write or edit their obituaries.

Even with this curatorial help, young Pilsbry undoubtedly
worked long days and into the night in order to accomplish so
much, and one wonders that he did not exhaust all his energies
in the details of compilation and administrative work. Never-
theless, he must have been thinking inductively all the while,
because he finished, at the age of 32 (1895, 3), his "Guide to the
study of helices," the most brilliantly original, iconoclastic book
that ever has been written about land snails. Of course, their
nomenclature (this was 8 years before the type species "rule")
and their systematics (with additions of new data) have changed
much since then, but this volume pointed the way to all good,
subsequent studies. And in the same year, he completed his
new classification of the chitons (1895, 2) and published his
treatise on Japanese marines (1895, 18) collected by Frederick
Stearns (1832-1907; N.21:83), in addition to 24 shorter con-
tributions.

Promptly afterward, April 2, 1895 (P:211), he was elected
a Curator^ of the Academy (one of four) and made Professor

6 For many years, these included Mrs. Pilsbry 's sister, Mary Elizabeth
Avery. — Elizabeth Pilsbry (in letter).

6 Like George Tryon was from 1869 to July 18, 1876 (P:143). Pilsbry
replaced Dr. W. S. W. Euschenberger (1807-1895; N.9:31) who, as Director
of the Conchological Section during the interim, had headed the list of

76 NAUTILUS [Vol. 71 (3)

of Malacology (P:563 & 586), which meant he gave evening
lectures; and was given Edward G. Vanatta (1876-1939; N.
52:139)^ for ''student" on the Jessup Fund (P:577). The
Academy building (1876) was completed in 1894 (P:467) and
opened to the public in 1896 (P:577; P.1901 :711-pL A). Dr.
Pilsbry became Curator of Mollusca in 1901 (P:771). The De-
partment of IMollusks was established in 1903, with him, at 40,
as its Special Curator (N.17, no. 1, front cover; P.1904:847),
and with Miss Winchester as the artist of the Manual (vol.
16:311). It became the ''Department of Invertebrate Zoology
(exclusive of Insects)" in 1919 (P:316).

In his room (Plate 6) at the top floor of the Academy, he
was untiring in his mental exertion. Impatient for results, he
seldomed bothered with complicated techniques, although he was
an expert draftsman. In 1920, when Dr. Pilsbry was 57, his only
compound microscope was so ancient that Dr. Cooke, Vanatta
and I could see little through its clouded lenses. He did not
use a dissecting binocular until considerably later. Habitually,
his large desk (Pl.7)^ was piled high with opened reference
books, manuscripts, bottles of preserved animals, trays of shells,
and the stone ash-receptacle for his warm pipes. But his mem-
ory was so good in his prime that he could pull out any one of
them almost immediately, although this was one of the few
abilities he lost as he grew older. He never was happy in his
work unless he had everj^thing within arm's reach, and nearly
w^ould explode if anybody "disordered" what looked like a
clutter. When busy, his powers of concentration were excep-
tional ; one soon learned that about 10 minutes was enough con-
versation; after that, between puffs, he might answer "Yes"
or "No" but he really was not listening.

its officers (with the Conservator last) until 1891. Dr. Benjamin Sharp
(1858-1915) also was ''Director," at least from 1896 (P:582) through
1899 (P:543).

7 Birth date May 2, 1876, from his certificate of death (Jan. 19). His
birthplace was given as Pa. and his father's name as George V., by his
wife, Emma Greenwood V. He was still Assistant Curator at the Academy
["of Fine Arts" (sic)]. Unfortunately, he left no descendants, for he
was a fine and able man.

8 He was admiring, at 87, a presentation copy from the Emperor of
Japan. A story, perhaps mythical, claimed that the first question asked
General MacArthur was: "How is Dr. Pilsbrv."

NAUTILUS 71 (3)

PLATE 6

Dr. Pilsbry in his prime
Between 1900 and 1910.

NAUTILUS 71 (3)

PLATE 7

Dr. rilsbry at 87
(Photo by Philadelpliia Inquirer)

January, 1958] nautilus 77

Primarily interested in research, his collecting instinct was so
highly developed that at times he seemed almost a little miserly.
He was not interested especially in the exchange of shells, but
was extremely successful when he freely traded his brains and
prestige for additions to the Academy collections. Particularly
noteworthy, as regards inland mollusks, were his joint papers
on those from : Japan and adjacent regions with Yoichiro Hirase
(1859-1925 ; N.39 :67). Central and southwestern United States
with James H. Ferriss (1849-1926; N.40:l & l-pL). Mexico
and middle America with Anson A. Hinkley (1857-1920; N.
34:55 & 37-pl.) and Herbert N. Lowe (1880-1936; N.50:28, 64).
Jamaica and other West Indies with Dr. Amos P. Brown (1864-
1917). Pacific islands with Dr. Charles Montague Cooke, Jr.
(1874-1948; N.63:33). Africa with Dr. Joseph C. Bequaert.
As will be noted, he outlived most of his best friends and
students.

Although modest in his relations with others, he was com-
pletely self-confident in his research ; he knew that his inductive
reasoning and his taxonomic intuition were better than most.
Perhaps for this reason, his worst papers (and actions) were
those printed in haste when he learned that another was studying
the same or similar material (e.g., 1934, 12). At least during
his prime, he would not put his name on a scientific paper about
mollusks unless he did most of the work and all the editing.
For example, Dr. Cooke, whom Pilsbry always considered the
finest gentleman he ever had known, used to be fond of stating,
with high modesty, that he never saw the manuscripts of some
of their joint papers on Pacific pupilloids, although of course
''Montague" contributed, all sorted into species and genera,
most of the material. Except in his youth, about the only paper
on snails of which Pilsbry was the junior author was that (1902,
24) with Bryant Walker (1856-1936; N.50:28, 59 & 37-pl.).

One of the best characteristics of Dr. Pilsbry was his ready
agreement, and in fact delight in alterations of his earlier classi-
fications, if these were based on discoveries of new data. He
was well aware that the natural content of taxonomic groups
must change, or at least develop when more was learned about
them. In his prime, he was conservative about the artificial sizes
of taxons (species, genera, etc.), but became relatively less crit-
ical of ''splitting" during his last decade. On the other hand,

78 NAUTILUS [Vol. 71 (3)

although he readily brought his own names up to date, he was
irked by nomenclatural changes, usually due to alteration of the
"rules" during his long lifetime. Very rarely, when "in a
Puckish mood," did he wield his prestige to establish dubious
cognomens ; thus he argued against the use of Mesomphix instead
of Haplotrema, but contrarily replaced Planorbina guadaloupen-
sis by (Biomphalaria) Australorhis glabrata (1934, 7). And,
he positively was pained by the exposure of occasional real errors,
such as those caused by faulty optics (inadequate microscopes
or, when he grew oldest, his own tired eyes). Because his feel-
ings would have been hurt, although he would have published a
correction immediately, no one ever told him that figures 274G
(1946, 11) and 413C (1948, 0) were actually one drawing, which
only represented the Succinea.

In the field, on his "vacations" from mental strain, Henry
became the traditional U.S. farm boy, who never disdained, and
in fact enjoyed hard physical labor. Chasing snails may seem
like a sedentary occupation to some, but not to him who has
tramped for miles, forced his way through jungles (with or
without malaria), climbed arid mountains in the blazing sun,
and handled tons of talus, in order to search out living animals ®
in their hidden habitats.

When 23 years old, his first long trip (1937, 13) was to New
Braunfels, Texas, before September, 1886 (see Conch. Ex. 1:3rd
p. of no. 3), probably by the way of New Orleans (1886, 3).
He especially liked to reminisce about the 1899 expedition to
the Great Smokies (N.14:49) with George H. Clapp (1858-1949;
N.62:143), Ferriss, H. E. Sargent and Walker. He also col-
lected with Ferriss on memorable trips from the Ozarks to Texas
in 1903 (P:813; N.16:143) and in the southwestern mountains
(Arizona and/or New Mexico and Texas) in 1906 (N.20:84;
21:134), in 1910 (N.24:84) also with Lorenzo E. Daniels (1852-
1918, N.32:99, 108-pl.) and in 1913 (N.29:60). He visited Cuba
in 1904 (P:845; N.26:125), in 1928 with Dr. d'Alte Welch
(1929, 2), in 1938 with the A. M. U. (N.52:66-72) and briefly
at other times. Good collecting with "Montague" in the Ha-
waiian Islands was enjoyed in 1913 (P:702; N.26:108), in 1923

9 Always important, but especially so in the West Indies, where locality
records based on "crab" shells are almost worthless.

January, 1958] nautilus 79

on the trip to AustraUa (N.37:36) and in 1933 (N.47:76).
During the excursion to Australia, he worked in Queensland and
on the Great Barrier Reef (1925, 1).

He reached his 67th birthday on a cruise of the *'Mary Pin-
chot" with the Hon. Gifford Pinchot (1865-1946), and visited
Grand Cayman, Swan, Old Providence and St. Andrews Islands
in the Caribbean (1930, 6), Panama (1930, 12) and Cocos,
Galapagos and Marquesas islands in the Pacific, during 1929-
1930 (N.42:143; 43:37). With Dr. Francis W. Pennell (1886-
1952), he collected extensively through northwestern Mexico,
where he was very ill with malaria at 70, in 1934 (N.48 :33) and

1935 (N.49:34). They worked especially from Nuevo Leon and
San Luis Potosi to the Pacific.

Between the ages of 31 and almost 95, he went to Florida many
times: in 1894 (P:473) with Charles W. Johnson, in 1899
(P:543), in 1904 (P:845), and during almost every winter from

1936 (N.50 :141) to 1957. He spent many happy months (PI. 7)
on trips from his winter home in Lantana, where he collected
especially with Paul P. McGinty (1877-1956 ; N.70 :105), Paul L.
and "Tom," except when he was visiting the Barcrofts. Of
course, these visits meant that he was ''chasing" snails: in
Guatemala during 1945-1946 (N.59:105) and 1956-1957, in the
Peruvian mountains in 1948 (N.61:144) with Axel A. Olsson,
and around Argentina in 1949-1950 (N.63:108). On shorter
"vacations," he also collected, by bicycle and auto, in Pennsyl-
vania, Maryland and New Jersey, in New York, especially on
Lake Champlain, and briefly in many other states. Again, he
outlived so many of his favored companions !

Throughout his life, Henry Pilsbry's most outstanding scien-
tific contributions were his researches on land snails, and he was
known internationally as the pre-eminent authority on Pulmo-
nata. At the age of 10 or 11 (1937, 13), his first moUusk was
naturally the geophile Pupoides, and his first paper (1882) was
on lowan inland species. His companions in Philadelphia, when
he was 27, recognized that his field was ' ' Land and Fresh Water
Shells generally" (N.3:142). In the "Manual of conchology,"
series 2, he revised most of the shell-bearing groups, beginning
with July 1, 1888 (2), when he started on the helicoids (vols. 4,
p. 120 to 9, and parts of 13 & 14), which always remained his

80 NAUTILUS [Vol. 71 (3)

favorites.^*' After the Academy had absorbed the Manual, it
ceased abruptly with the pupilloids (vols. 21-28) on Nov. 7, 1935
(9), when after all he was only 72. He did omit the Enidae
and the Clausiliidae, because he thought his European material
insufficient, the limacoids and other groups in Tryon 's volumes 1
and 2, and the Heterurethra. Also, often with the help of
Vanatta, he worked on many slugs, and always was searching
for genera with reduced shells in every family (1900, 12).
From the times of his ''A descriptive classified catalogue of
American land snails" (1897, 13), which he began at 34, he
always was looking forward to, and accumulating data and notes
for his culminating work on ''Land Mollusca of North America
(North of Mexico) " (1939, 11 & 1946, 11), which he finished 51
years later, at the age of 85.

However, he was almost equally at home in any group of
mollusks ; but he accented the living ones, and seldom went back
beyond the more recognizable fossils since the Cretaceous (see
other appreciations in this number). In addition to all this,
he became the leading authority, since Charles Darwin, on the
Cirripedia or barnacles, and between the ages of 28 (1890, 29)
and 90 (1953, 7) published at least 25 papers on this crustacean
group. Also when 28, under the seniority of William H. Dall
(1845-1927, N.29:l-pl.; N.41:l), he contributed a little about
brachiopods (1891, 13 & 16) ; and even invaded the echinoderms
when he was 51 (1914, 2). Above all, he was a zoologist of wide
ranging knowledge and continuous curiosity.

He always was interested in zoogeography, remained for much
of his life a staunch advocate of ''land bridges" (1900, 39, et
al.), but later did recognize also the sporadic effects of ad-
ventitious dispersal. He never did think much of Wegener's
revival of "continental float" nor of Simroth's "wandering of
the poles." Like many taxonomists, he was weak in ecology.
But, he was much concerned with behavior, especially locomotion,
and this affected thoroughly, but perhaps too enthusiastically,
his classifications.

Edward G. Vanatta worked with him for over 40 years, until
bedridden by atrophic arthritis in 1937. Although often they
seemed almost antagonistic in their personal relations, Vanatta

10 Perhaps this was partly why he preferred the descending order of
taxonomic groups, and always put the helices at the top.

January, 1958] nautilus 81

and Pilsbry were nearly perfect complements of each other.
Vanatta was a veritable storehouse of technical knowledge, per-
haps the better dissector, and the more patient teacher. Vanatta
was the one who examined and took notes on the weekly Academy
displays of new books and periodicals, classified them and tied
the pieces of paper in bits of string and then fetched the pack-
ages when Pilsbry started on a new problem, and who also
sorted out and brought up the recent publications of most in-
terest. Somewhat phlegmatic in temperament, Vanatta always
bore, with somewhat exasperating calm, the fiery, but brief out-
bursts of Pilsbry 's tempers. When Pilsbry was studying any
particular group, he knew more about its species than anyone
ever had, but Vanatta was the man to go to when you wanted a
fairly close, quick identification of any shell whatsoever. The
''Professor" added to the collections, but his ''Student" kept
them. Vanatta contributed greatly to Pilsbry 's greatness, and
the master missed his helper pitifully all those later years, and
often seemed lost (as were things) without him.

Helen Winchester (Mrs. John E. Gapp) was Dr. Pilsbry 's
principal artist (P.1912:558) from 1903 to around 1950, and
illustrated with superb skill, mainly in dry-point "wash," many
volumes of the Manual and of his other papers. She learned
with him how to use a color spray, and made the exquisite plates
for the quarto monograph on New York inland mollusks, which
was finished in 1925 (N.39:30) after 7 years of work, but which
perhaps was their greatest disappointment, because the State
Museum ^^ failed to publish it. Such fine reproductions of
iridescent, unione nacre never have been printed. A few of the
anatomic figures were included in his "Land Mollusca of North
America," but those on fresh water species anticipated studies
which have appeared since that time, by himself and others.

For at least two decades after 1913 (P:703), Caroline Ziegler
assisted along with Vanatta, who was succeeded by Richard A.
McLean, Mrs. Charles E,. Locklin (daughter of Mrs. May 0.
McGowan, at whose home in Morton, Pennsylvania, Dr. Pilsbry
lived during his last summers) and John Dyas Parker. J. Eliza-
beth Letson (Mrs. Bryan; 1874-1919; N.32:142) apparently
helped voluntarily in curatorial work around 1897 (P:547) as

11 On his last visit, Dr. John M. Clarke (1857-1925; N.39:28), who
sponsored it, remarked: "You know, Dr. Pilsbry, this book can't be pub-
lished in Heaven.'' — H. W, Gapp, in letter.

82 NAUTILUS [Vol. 71 (3)

did Mrs. Lincoln W. Riddle, Charles B. Wurtz and others in
later years.

Degrees of doctor of science were conferred on Henry A.
Pilsbry by the University of Iowa in 1899 (when he was 36),
by the University of Pennsylvania in 1940, and by Temple Uni-
versity in 1941. Dr. Pilsbry received the Joseph Leidy Mem-
orial Award (and Medal) in March, 1928 (Science 67:311).
He was Consulting Malacologist of the Bernice P. Bishop Mu-
seum in Honolulu, and Lecturer in Zoology at the University of
Pennsylvania. After 1906, he was Foreign Corresponding ]\Iem-
ber of the Academia de Ciencias de Madrid, from 1918, Honorary
Foreign Correspondent of the Zoological Survey of India and,
after 1919, Corresponding Member of the Zoological Society of
London. He was an Honorary Member of the Conchological
Society of Great Britain and Ireland, the Birmingham Natural
History and Philosophical Society, the Societe Royale zoologique
de Belgique, the Senckenbergische naturforschende Gesellschaft,
the California Academy of Sciences (1932), the Sociedad de
historia natural ''Felipe Poey, " the Sociedad Malacologica
''Carlos de la Torre" and the Sociedad Geologica del Peru.
He also was a Fellow (1921) of the American Academy of Arts
and Sciences (Boston), and a member of the Malacological
Society of London, Sigma Xi (Univ. Pa., 1922), the American
Society of Naturalists and the American Association for Ad-
vancement of Science.

Dr. Henry A. Pilsbry (at 44) was the first president of the
American Conchological Society (N.21:94) in 1907, and attended
a "Washington meeting" at which another organization was
considered in 1914 (N.31 :37-pl., which shows him at 51). On
April 30, 1931, he became first president of the American Malaco-
logical Union (N.45:l & 1-pl., at 68) and attended most of its
meetings including the 23rd (July, 1957) as a council member
and Honorary President (1936, N.50:36). September 22, 1955,
he was elected Honorary Life President at the first meeting of
the Philadelphia Shell Club (Proc. do. 1:15); may it long
flourish under the able leadership of Dr. R. Tucker Abbott, of
the Henry A. Pilsbry Chair of Malacology (1955, N.68:104).

As he grew older, and lonelier. Dr. Pilsbry became more
humanly lovable, was willing to spend time in chatting, and
mellowed decidedly in his contacts with others. He very much
enjoyed his birthday parties, given during his fifteen last De-

NAUTILUS 71 (3)

PLATE 8

NAUTILUS 71 (3)

PLATE 9

Upper fig., an endodontid. Lower 2 figs., Rhodea harcrofti
Pilsbry; type at left.

January, 1958] nautilus 83

cembers by Anne Harbison and Jeanne S. Schwengel. Also, lie
spent relatively more time on marine shells, perhaps partly as
a relief from his two volumes (really 4) on ''Land Mollusca of
North America" (1939-1948) but probably more because he
always recognized the popular trend. He did grow deafer and
perhaps his memories of recent happenings did become a little
weaker, although this last was worst just after his bout with
malaria, twenty-five years ago, and from which he recovered with
remarkable resilience. Physically he slowed down but, as late
as 1949 (at 86), he remarked: ''Burrington, I must be getting a
little older ; when at high altitudes in the Andes, a climb of more
than a thousand feet at a time got me out of breath!" In any
case, his enthusiasm and research drive never were impaired;
he corrected proof (1957, 7) in the hospital after his next-to-last
blood clot, and critically discussed another manuscript (see p.
116), on which he was working.

Thus, Dr. Pilsbry outlived all his generation of conchologists
and companions. For at least half a century, his was the domi-
nating inspiration in the field of malacology, primarily in Pulmo-
nata, but his effect was great on most groups of mollusks.

Compilations are out of date before they are published, but
the increments of new data and ideas are eternal. And so,
Henry Pilsbry is not dead ! He still is alive in the memories of
his youngest friends and colleagues, and will live on forever in
his ramifying influence throughout the world. Although none
of us can hope to equal his contributions, we all together may
try to fill in some of the gaps he has left. — H. B. B.

A COLOMBIAN SPECIES OF THE GENUS RHODEA

By H. a. pilsbry

Rhodea H. & A. Adams is a rather remarkable genus of few
species, confined to Ecuador and Colombia. The etymology of
the name was not given by its authors, and remains dubious.
It is probably a senseless made-up term, since the Greek words
suggested by the spelling do not seem pertinent.

Rhodea barcrofti new species. PL 8, lower figs.

The shell is dextral, cylindric, the apical fourth tapering to a
rather obtuse summit. The tapering whorls are moderately
convex; the last five whorls are flat, the last whorl with a pro-

84 NAUTILUS [Vol. 71 (3)

jecting peripheral keel, concave above it and deeply concave at
the base. Sculpture of close, stron<?ly oblique, straight, fine
striae, remaining distinct on the last few whorls only.

The aperture is strongly oblique, subtriangular, the basal
margin straight, outer margin curved slightly forward, inner
margin formed of a strong spiral callous ridge, truncate at the
columellar base and spirally ascending the axis within, coiling
around a small but distinct central cavity which viewed from the
base forms a sort of false umbilicus.

Length 25 mm., diameter in middle 4 mm. ; lO^/o whorls. Type.
Length 22 mm., diameter in middle 3.7 mm.

Colombia ; Monteredondo, kilom. 73 on the road from Bogota
to Villavicencio at 1700 meters elevation. Type and another
figured specimen No. 211335 ANSP.

By its cylindric shape and prominent keel, this snail appears

related to B. wallisiana Dohrn, described from the ''upper Mag-
dalena region" without more definite locality; but that species
differs by its sinistral coil and larger size (length 34 to 36 mm.,
diameter in middle 5 to 6 mm.).

The smaller specimen shown in the right hand photograph
differs by having one whorl more than the type. It came in a
different lot, probably from a different locality.

It is named for Mr. Frederick J. Barcroft, of the American
Embassy, in Bogota at that time, who obtained it from the
Colombian collector F. Medem.

DR. PILSBRY AND FRESH-WATER MOLLUSCA

Dr. H. A. Pilsbry published continuously for 75 years. Al-
though his major comprehensive works were in the field of land
snails, he had an early interest in the fresh-water Mollusca that
never was lost. He collected and wrote about these animals from
the very beginning of his career. His first publication was a
privately printed leaflet published in Iowa City (1882). In
the introduction to this, Pilsbry expressed a desire to exchange
for moUusks, and particularly for land and fresh-water shells.
In the ''Conchologist's Exchange," while in Davenport, he
carried an exchange advertisement requesting fresh-water shells
specifically.

A perceptive analytical mind coupled with lucid expressive-
ness was always characteristic of the immense volume of work

January, 1958] nautilus 85

published by Pilsbry. He was a master of incisive description.
His appreciation of the historic development of malacology, and
his interest in geography and its influences, were always re-
flected in his studies.

A critical awareness of the dictum of constancy in specific
characters, and a keen appreciation of the variability found in
many species, is readily apparent in Pilsbry 's publications.
Perhaps no genus of fresh-water snails contains species more
difficult of apprehension than does Physa. Pilsbry, of course,
realized this, and his perceptiveness of the fundamental reasons
underlying these difficulties was expressed more than sixty years
ago. In a paper on Mexican Mollusca (1891, 24), he discussed
the environmental influence on these plastic snails. The absence
of varices correlated with the slighter seasonal changes and the
absence of periodicity in growth is brought forth in this work.
Of particular interest is his discussion of the dilation of the
body whorl. He said (p. 324), *'I would suggest that the form
in these cases is correlated with an increase in the capacity of the
air sack or lung, which occupies that part of the shell. ... It is
not unlikely the result of a more continuous or prolonged sub-
aquatic residence." This phenomenon appears to have been
''discovered" about once a decade since then.

The same article contains an excellent example of his ability
to review bluntly a piece of work he considered inadequate.
Of C. F. Ancey's monograph on Pyrgulopsis, Pilsbry (p. 329)
said, ''This paper shows in a high degree the futility of writing
about things an author knows nothing about." However, Pils-
bry also had a flair for finding the facile expression that could
so pleasantly temper his criticisms. This is evident, for example,
in a later work of his on Mexican mollusks (1904, 2) where, in
speaking of Physa osculans patzcuarensis, he calls attention to
Strebel's earlier description of the form, and comments (p. 778),
"He used a preoccupied name which laid in ambush in a dense
thicket of text."

The most satisfying works to the taxonomist are those com-
prehensive works that consider all the known species of a phy-
logenetic group or of a geographic area. This kind of study also
provides the most useful tool for those who are applying the facts
of that science in other fields of biology. Pilsbry was especially
able at such presentations, and a review of his bibliography re-

86 NAUTILUS [Vol. 71 (3)

veals how productive he was of these very useful treatises as
regards the fresh-water mollusks.

The largest treatise Pilsbry published on fresh-water mollusks
was co-authored with Dr. Joseph Bequaert. The work was a
monograph on the aquatic mollusks of the Belgian Congo (1927,
15) and was the companion volume to his land moUusk volume
of that region. This is a masterful treatment that reflects the
thoughtful research and congenial cooperation so characteristic
of Pilsbry.

The methodology of Pilsbry in the study of the Mollusca has
been appreciated by every scientific worker in the field. This
appreciation is recognized by statements such as that made by
F. C. Baker in the preface to his 1945 monograph on the
Planorbidae, "... the terrestrial pulmonates . . . have been
brought to a high state of precise classification from the anatom-
ical studies of Dr. Henry A. Pilsbry. ..." The fundamental
value of this anatomical approach to classification and its appli-
cation by other scientists is reflected in Baker's further state-
ment, "The study of the internal organization of the family
Planorbidae has shown that, as in the case of the land snails,
the anatomy gives the only true key to a natural classification."
Surely Pilsbry must be credited with establishing the founda-
tions for the modern classification of both the land and fresh-
water gastropods. F. C. Baker recognized the value of Pilsbry 's
contribution nearly fifty years ago when he dedicated his 1911
monograph on the Lymnaeidae to Pilsbry in grateful recognition
of his "helpful advice."

The pressure of constant researches, often conducted concur-
rently on unrelated materials, necessarily resulted in occasional
lapses. Pilsbry was always the first to correct his mistakes or
apologize for a hasty act. For example, S. N. Rhoads published
on the shells from the vicinity of Miami (N.13 :43-48, 1899).
Pilsbry made all the identifications for this paper, including
(p.48) an MS name, Physa heterosfropha peninsulae. This, of
course, was a nomen nudum as used. In a later number (1899,
31), Pilsbry calls attention to this MS name, and points out that
the specimens were actually Physa cuhcnsis Pfr. And again,
in a note on Unionidae and Mutelidae (1893, 12), he corrects
an error in a paper previously published by Ihering in the
Nautilus. At the same time, he appended a footnote apology:

January, 1958] nautilus 87

"The Editor fears that these errors may have been due to
his own hasty proof-reading, rather than to defects in the
original MS. ' '

Pilsbry one time wrote (1917, 1), ''Rafinesque has the reputa-
tion of having been a misunderstood and neglected genius. It
is lucky that we had few such geniuses. One or two others
would have practically scrapped the nomenclature of our fresh-
water shells." This pithy comment was a prelude to a discus-
sion of certain of Rafinesque's genera of fresh-water shells.

But Rafinesque was the cause of one of the soundest policies
for taxonomists ; though it is rarely practised. This came about
through the efforts of two outstanding workers in the field of
fresh-water mollusks: Dr. Arnold E. Ortmann (1863-1927; N.
40:109) and Bryant Walker. These gentlemen were long-time
correspondents and colleagues of Pilsbry. Both were deeply
interested in the Unionidae, and, at one time, undertook to
stabilize the nomenclature of this family (1922, 5a). The most
controversial facet of their problem was the many species Ra-
finesque so inadequately described. Their introduction in-
cluded this statement, ''At the inception of the work it was
agreed by the authors that their conclusions should be submitted
to Dr. H. A. Pilsbry for his criticism and that in all cases where
they were unable to agree his decision should be final and ac-
cepted by the authors." No statement can better demonstrate
Pilsbry 's stature in the field of fresh-water mollusks. In effect,
this paper contains the unanimous opinion of three men who
sat as a court to resolve objectively some troublesome problems.
Dr. W. J. Clench (N.43:69-70, 1929) discussed the value of such
a policy and reflected the opinion of every objective worker in
his commendation of it. With this cooperative example before
us the time well may come when other problems of limited extent
will be resolved by similar joint action of a few competent
authorities.

But now the greatest authority will no longer participate.
• — Charles B. Wurtz.

DR. H. A. PILSBRY IN MARINE MALACOLOGY

Malacology may be divided into several fields, that of the
marines being the most colorful, and with the greatest diversity

88 NAUTILUS [Vol. 71 (3)

in size and shape. Dr. Pilsbry 's interest in shells, land and fresh
water, began early in his youth, in Iowa, wdth collecting when-
ever and wherever he found the time, \yith his characteristic
curiosity and thoroughness, he became more and more interested
as his collecting progressed. Desiring to know more about his
findings, he spent as much time as possible on his shells.

In 1887, George W. Tryon, Jr., Conservator of the Concho-
logical Section at the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadel-
phia, noting the interest of young Pilsbry, invited him to the
Academy, and suggested that he give up his newspaper work
and devote his time to the field in which he showed such interest
and promise. A few days before Pilsbry 's 25th birthday, he
accepted Tryon 's offer and became a member of the Academy
staff. When Tryon died, about two months later, Pilsbry fell
heir to his position as Conservator.

Previously Henry Pilsbry 's whole interest had been in land
and fresh water shells, but since his predecessor already had
completed nine volumes of the Manual of Conchology, Marine
Series, and about 160 pages of volume 10, he felt that he should
complete the work, and with thoroughness and extreme interest
began his first studies on marine malacology with the "Mono-
graphs of the Turbinidae and Trochidae." His inscription on
volume 10 (1888, 3) of my copy reads, without further comment:
''This volume contains my first work in systematic malacology.
H. A. Pilsbry." But, the inscription on volume 11 (1889, 1)
reads: ''This is the first complete volume I wrote. I spent at
least a year of my lost youth over it, and was very proud of what
I had done. Alas! when I learned enough to see its faults, my
pride evaporated. — H. A. Pilsbry."

Such modesty and humility in the man were astonishing.
With no previous experience, by March, 1890, when only 27,
he had amassed a volume of 519 pages and 67 pages of illustra-
tions, which was comparable to the best works by scientists of
vastly more experience and knowledge of the subject ; and, in
many ways, his was much more thoroughly and competently
done. In the next four years, he completed four more volumes
of the Manual, and in four more years finished the last two
volumes, which ended, on his 36th birthday, the 17 volumes of
the Manual of Conchology, Marine Series, the hihle of profes-
sionals and amateurs.

January, 1958] nautilus 89

In 1900, in recognition of his intense interest and colossal
accomplishments in the fields of malacology, he was given the
well-deserved degree of Doctor of Science by the State University
of Iowa. From then on, his work was constant ; and his publi-
cations of untold value to the collector and student, both in the
field of marine mollusks and other subjects malacological. For
those who knew him, his going is a great loss, though future
years will be filled with pleasant and enjoyable memories. Those
who never knew him personally have our deepest sympathy.
— Jeanne S. Schwengel.

PILSBRY ON FOSSIL AND MARINE MOLLUSCA

Dr. Pilsbry's broad interest in mollusks, like that of Dall, led
him naturally to the study of Tertiary forms, generally in col-
laboration with other authors; thus he carried on the tradition
set by other members of the Academy, such as Say, Conrad
and Gabb.

For many years, the occurrence of beautifully preserved,
Tertiary fossils in the Caribbean region had become known
through the work of European authors, who regarded the age of
these fossiliferous formations as Miocene, correlated them di-
rectly with the European section. The age assignment of these
Caribbean horizons had been changed to Oligocene by Dall, the
principal Tertiary authority in America at that time. Pilsbry
followed Dall in this assignment although later studies have
reaffirmed their true Miocene age.

Pilsbry's first papers on Caribbean paleontology began with
two articles on the Panama Canal Zone with Amos P. Brown
(1911, 8 & 1913, 1). These fossils had been collected by Brown
from dumps and fills resulting from the excavations for the
Gatun locks. They listed about 136 species of which nearly
half were described as new, the entire fauna being well illus-
trated. The close relationship and age of the Isthmian fauna
with that of Bowden, Jamaica and Santo Domingo were noted.
They also called attention to the frequency of many character-
istically Panamic (Pacific) genera (Cymia, Malea, Tesseracme,
etc.) in the Antillean-Isthmian Miocene, now all absent or very
rare in the curiously impoverished, littoral Antillean fauna of the

90 NAUTILUS [Vol. 71 (3)

present time. These two papers have remained the principal
contributions to the paleontology of the Gatun I\Iiocene, although
some additions have been made to its fauna since.

Along with these studies on the Canal Zone, Pilsbry, together
with C. W. Johnson, had for some time been engaged in a re-
vision of the collection of ]\liocene mollusks from Santo Domingo,
which had been obtained by William M. Gabb during geological
investigations in the years 1869-71. Gabb, following the earlier
paleontologists, assigned these deposits to the Miocene. Whether
through the loss or the lack of field labels, no locality records
existed for any part of this great collection, although practically
all now is known to have come from the north side of the island,
or from beds exposed in the gorges of the upper Rio Yaque del
Norte, or from its tributary streams, such as the Mao, Gurabo
and Cana to the west. Gabb had done some preliminary work
on the material, and described many new species, none of which
had been figured, but his publications showed much evidence of
haste. In revisional studies, Pilsbry and Johnson differentiated
many additional new species, and described these in a prelimi-
nary paper (1917, 10). After Johnson's transfer to Boston,
the final studies devolved upon Pilsbry alone. In his final paper
(1922, 1), much more detailed and fully illustrated, Gabb's types
were figured and their dimensions accurately stated for the first
time, besides the new species described in 1917. Pilsbry 's work
on these Santo Domingan fossils is a major contribution to
Antillean geology, and because of its and the stratigraphic re-
sults of the Maury expedition in 1917, the Miocene of northern
Santo Domingo may be selected as the type for the w^hole of the
Antillean region. Two smaller papers on this region were that
in collaboration with B. Sharp on the Scaphopoda from Jamaica
and Costa Rica (1911, 4) and another with Brown on Miocene
fossils from Colombia and Haiti (1917, 4).

Two important papers formed Pilsbry 's main contribution to
fossil fresh-water mollusks. The first dealt with material from
the Pliocene beds of the Kettleman Hills and neighboring oil
fields in California (1935, 2). Pilsbry 's chief incentive in his
studies was its intrinsic interest as representing the largest
Pliocene fresh-water molluscan fauna yet found on the Pacific
slope. Largely made up of Amnicolidae, it consisted of about
23 species or subspecies belonging to 7 genera, of which 2 are

January, 1958] nautilus 91

extinct. This fossil assemblage differed conspicuously from the
living fauna of middle California by the lack of Lymnaeidae,
Ancylidae and the larger Planorbidae, old but living groups
which are widespread in America today. He concluded that
these Pliocene beds had been laid down in a lake of considerable
size because the development of so rich a molluscan population
would be unlikely in a small one.

Oil geologists, exploring along the valley of the Rio Magdalena
in Colombia, had come across fresh-water fossils at several places,
but paid comparatively little attention to them at first. Even-
tually these fossils were recognized as occurring only at certain,
fixed stratigraphic horizons, which could be used as key beds to
map and unravel complex geologic structure and as marker
horizons in drilling operations. Attention to the collecting of
these fossils increased, and an assemblage of the more important
species made by A. A. Olsson became the subject of a special
paper by Pilsbry and him (1935, 4), which also contained an
account of the stratigraphy by 0. C. Wheeler. The fresh-water
fossils came from three horizons. The oldest, named the Los
Corros zone, was characterized by several large Potamides and
a new genus (Diplocyma) which is nearest to forms from the
Upper Eocene of Peru. These potamidids were associated with
corbiculids (Sogamosa), suggestive of an estuarine or brackish
environment, probably of Upper Eocene age. The two overlying
horizons, named the Mugrosa and La Cira zones and considered
Oligocene, contain a very different fauna, characterized by river
melanids (such as Hemisinus of very modern aspect), Potamo-
pyrgiis, small naiades (Triplodon and Diplodon), Mytilopsis,
Ostomya and small corbulids. The La Cira zone is the most
extensively distributed elsewhere. Because of its importance,
this paper and Wheeler's were translated into Spanish and re-
published (1941, 3a).

In 1944 (7) Pilsbry wrote a short paper on molluscan fossils
from the Rio Pachitea in eastern Peru, which contained two lots :
one (marine) from the Cretaceous and the other (non-marine)
from the Tertiary. The Tertiary ones include some of the
genera (but different species) of the La Cira zone, and the strik-
ing resemblance of the two faunas undoubtedly indicates that
they are about equivalent in age. This contribution also was
translated (1947, 3a).

92 NAUTILUS [Vol. 71 (3)

In his later years, Pilsbry wrote several important papers on
marine fossils, of both mollusks and barnacles. One (1941, 2),
prepared in collaboration with Olsson, described a Pliocene mol-
lusk fauna from Ecuador ; it consisted of 237 species, of which
54% belong to forms still living. An unexpected member was
a large Cypraea, of the C. henekeni group, characteristic of the
Antillean Miocene and its first record from the Pacific slope and
at such a high horizon.

Pilsbry 's final work in paleontology was his report on the
vitrinellids and fresh-water mollusks contained in the Fargo-
Locklin collection from the Pliocene of St. Petersburg, Florida.
His account of these fossils constituted the two final chapters
(1953, 8) in the memoir on the Pliocene of southern Florida pub-
lished in the monograph series of the Academy.

In addition to the fossil mollusks, Pilsbry contributed many
papers on the fossil Cirripedia, his largest work (1953, 11) dealt
with some Cretaceous and Tertiary forms from Peru and Ecua-
dor and was prepared in collaboration with Olsson. The Creta-
ceous forms were scalpellids and represent 7 species distributed
amongst 2 genera. The Tertiary ones were balanids from the
Oligocene and Miocene. The balanid barnacles are often com-
mon in our later Tertiary rocks, but usually indeterminable
unless the opercular valves are found attached to the cup or in
close association with the separated valves.

Among living mollusks, outside the Pulmonata, Pilsbry worked
most extensively on marine gastropods and chitons, and miich
less on bivalves. When he took over the ''Manual," his prede-
cessor Tryon had completed 9V2 volumes of the marine series,
which included the cephalopods. Tryon 's extremely conserva-
tive views on their systematics aimed toward a reduction of the
described species, which he deemed excessive, and so his volumes
bear the impress of ''lumping" and are useful mainly for their
wealth of illustrations copied from the older iconographs. Pils-
bry, in contrast, worked directly with the shells, studied the
anatomy and radula when necessary, and hence was able to
judge relationships more clearly. Although Pilsbry knew the
literature intimately, he never was a name changer, for this end
alone, but a research scientist, primarily interested in the ani-
mals themselves ; and his work derived its lasting qualities largely
from this distinction. Systems of classification and ideas of

January, 1958] nautilus 93

nomenclature may change, but the fundamental basic data
worked out by Pilsbry remain.

In 1891 (19) began the important volume devoted to the
limpets or Docoglossa and, as noted in its introduction, the mate-
rial studied included the collection of the U. S. National Museum
as well as that of the Academy. From 1892 to 1895 (2), volumes
14 (1893, 11) and 15, on the Amphineura or chitons, appeared.
Pilsbry raised the Amphineura to class rank in the mollusk
phylum. He divided them into Polyplacophora, or chitons, and
Aplacophora (solenogasters), which may not be mollusks. He
subdivided the chitons proper into superf amilies, which he named
Eoplacophora, Mesoplacophora, and Teleoplacophora. In the
Eoplacophora, the rare Paleozoic forms belong to one family,
Gryptochitonidae Pilsbry (1900, 18). Numerous Lepidopleuri-
dae occurred in the Tertiary, and a form close to Lepidopleurus
has been found in the Triassic of Germany (1901, 16). The
Mesoplacophora are recent. The Teleoplacophora are the most
advanced chitons. Pilsbry 's work on the Amphineura will re-
main a classic and, although his classification has been modified
somewhat by a few later students, its essentials remain largely
unchanged.

The Scaphopoda and Aplacophora brought to completion the
first series of the "Manual" about 20 years after its commence-
ment. As in the chitons, Pilsbry 's ideas on classification evolved
during the course of study and were not presented fully until
the end (1898, 28). A thorough review and illustration of all
the living species of scaphopods then known were given, and a
catalogue of fossil species was prepared with B. Sharp.

Outside of the ''Manual," Pilsbry contributed numerous
papers on marine mollusks from many parts of the world. Sev-
eral on marine Japanese shells were written with Y. Hirase, for
whom he named a lovely Fleiirotomaria. In 1932 (12), Pilsbry
and Lowe published their paper on west Mexican and Panamic
shells, one of the most important contributions to this fauna ever
produced, with its fine illustrations and detailed descriptions of
many species, of which 121 were described as new.

In his later years, Pilsbry became interested in the vitrinellids
and other small shells often placed with them. The true vitrinel-
lids appear to be taenioglossate and allied to the rissoids, but
other similar forms are rhipidiglossate, and several families of

94 NAUTILUS [Vol. 71 (3)

distinct origin and lineage may be involved. Since Vitrinella
C. B. Adams (1850) became the basis for Katherine Bush's
(1897) Vitrinellidae, Pilsbry's first step was to obtain a loan of
the Adams collection. Excellent drawings of Jamaican (1946,
1) and Panamic species were made by Helen Winchester, and
eventually published. In close collaboration with Thomas P.
McGinty, the Florida forms received attention first (1945, 7 to
1950, 2). The Pacific species also were studied and, in collabora-
tion with Olsson, two fairly large papers on Panamic-Pacific
species were published (1945, 12 & 1952, 5). This last fauna
appeared much richer than the Caribbean, and comprised 137
known species.

The preceding review gives but a very incomplete picture of
the vast amount of work accomplished by Pilsbry on marine
mollusks, the hours of unremitting toil, careful identifications,
searches of literature, etc. Few malacologists have done so
much ; none have done better. — Axel A. Olsson.

HENRY PILSBRY, ZOOLOGIST AND MAN

In Pilsbry, the man and the zoologist became so completely
enmeshed and consolidated through the years that any attempted
separation would do both violence. The same attributes that
made him a great zoologist made him an excellent man. Among
them were: 1) a mind both plastic and retentive (''wax to re-
ceive and marble to retain") ; 2) great capacity for industry
and concentration; 3) skilled hands and clear eyes, as shown by
his delicate dissections and finished, accurate drawings; and 4)
complete honesty in thought and speech. Other qualities, be-
longing more to the man but not denied the zoologist, were :
good fellowship and cooperativeness, a soft and even voice, a
good sense of humor and a love of adventure.

He was born potentially a zoologist, but this remained nascent
while the child on the Iowa farm absorbed the ways of Nature
among the birds, bees and butterflies. He might have become
an ornithologist or entomologist, but there were molluscan shells
weathered or chipped from the Devonian rocks, and snails and
mussels in the Iowa River to be gathered and treasured. He
himself tells how at the age of 11, he first saw the little snail

January, 1958] nautilus 95

Pupoides on an apple tree and wondered how it got there. This
was the real beginning of his interest ; the zoologist in him fully-
awakened, and he wondered about snails and their distribution
throughout his long and busy life.

When he came to the Academy in 1887, it was still in what
H. F. Osborn called its Golden Age, with Leidy, Cope, Ryder,
Heilprin and others still active, and for its sole purpose the
encouragement and advancement of the natural sciences wher-
ever they occurred. The Academy was poor but highly re-
spected and productive.

In this favorable environment and with practically full con-
trol of his time, Pilsbry soon sprang into extraordinary produc-
tivity, and so continued till his death. The bulk of his pro-
digious output was original matter, based on exacting laboratory
and field work.

Pilsbry 's work was largely systematic, but it was far more than
the simple descriptions of new species and genera. His early
acceptance of evolution and his knowledge of paleontologic suc-
cession led to the construction of phylogenies that also fitted the
facts of comparative anatomy. Knowing that the ecologic con-
ditions, under which certain kinds of mollusks live, were similar
to those that furnished the raw materials for the production of
fossil oils, enabled him, by identifying the fossil shells in their
rock cores, to guide the exploratory drilling of oil geologists.
On the other hand, he helped health officers to solve their prob-
lems, because living fresh-water snails are the hosts of inter-
mediate stages of parasites of man (especially trematodes) and
domestic animals.

In the mechanics of systematics, his descriptions were well
founded on external and internal, anatomical characters, and his
nomenclature on exhaustive study of the literature and a reason-
able set of rules. He disliked both the extreme ''splitting" of
genera and the pleas of nomenclatural lawyers who seek stability
in new laws.

In the laboratory, Pilsbry 's industry and powers of concentra-
tion were best displayed. He worked late, often on Sundays
and holidays, and at night took his work home. His clean dis-
sections were made with scalpel and needle under a lens ; never
with a mechanical micro-dissector. He was a constant smoker
in the face of a ''No Smoking" sign in his own office. When

96 NAUTILUS [Vol. 71 (3)

another was present, he could dissect, smoke and converse at the
same time, but if a visitor stayed too long, the conversation
slowed and became monosyllabic, and there was one shell collector
(J.) in particular who made long and frequent visits. One day
when I entered his room, he seemed very glum. To my ' ' What 's
the matter, Pilsbry ?' ' he replied : ' ' Oh, this Academy never has
any luck. J. was just in here telling me how he was in Florida
and in stepping over a log almost trod on a big water moccasin.
And the thing never bit him ! ' '

He was even happier in the field and, besides short walks for
recreation, took ''vacations" whenever possible to more distant
countries, usually with other shell collectors. One of these was
with Gifford and Mrs. Pinchot in their yacht. About this one,
Pinchot telegraphed, on the occasion of Pilsbry 's 85th birthday
celebration: "He was one of the best outdoor men and best
companions anyone ever traveled with."

He was thorough and resourceful in finding his desiderata,
whether they were under logs, buried in the humus of the forest
floor, up a tree, or in clefts of the rock of a cliff. During World
War II, when parts of our Atlantic coast were under military
occupation as a precaution against submarine landings, Pilsbry
was wintering with his daughter in Lantana, Florida. He
wished to collect along the shore but was forbidden. So he
induced his son-in-law, who was the Mayor, to appoint him a
policeman and, with badge and commission, he was free to arrest
the shells that illegally had rolled up the beach on the incoming
tides.

He was fond of camping and one of his innovations, designed
to keep his boots pliable and waterproof, was to pour hot bacon
fat inside instead of outside. This surely was an effective lubri-
cant to prevent foot blisters.

His intimate knowledge of the distribution of living snails
and their fossil forebears enabled him to postulate past migra-
tions between North and South America via West Indian land
connections. Also he showed that the snails of our Pacific states
came from Asia by the same Bering Isthmus route as did our
aboriginal men and large mammals.

On matters of Academy policy and administration, Pilsbry
always stood quietly but firmly for the interests of scientific

January, 1958] nautilus 97

research and advancement. As an example, when the proposal
first was made to establish a central office to handle all clerical,
accounting and similar functions, which previously had been
done by each individual or department, he strongly opposed it.
But after the Council had adopted and put it into action, he
saw that it saved the curators and other researchers much time.
He then wrote me a letter, explained that he had thought that
it was a plan to put the scientific departments under office con-
trol, but now saw otherwise. Scanning the increasing centrali-
zation during the passing years, one questions whether Pilsbry's
first position may not have been the better — whether freedom
was not being sacrificed to efficiency.

Pilsbry's home life was simple and happy. So far as I know,
he had no hobbies, except his garden. He was not interested
in athletics, politics or art. Occasionally, he enjoyed the theater
and was fond of reading the biographies of great men. — J. Percy
Moore. ^

DR. HENRY A. PILSBRY IN FLORIDA

Dr. Henry A. Pilsbry's brilliant pen, unbelievably productive
for exactly 75 years, brought forth a vast source of material of
particular interest to students of Florida conchology. Although
his many contributions covered land, marine, fresh water and
fossil shells, his greatest interest was always centered in the land
mollusks. The colorful tree snails of the genus Liguus, confined
in Florida to the extreme lower mainland and the Keys, became
particular favorites after his review of this group in the ' ' Manual
of Conchology," published in 1899 (35). Feeling that much
remained to be learned about the distribution of these beautiful
shells, he personally visited Florida in 1903 and made additional
collections to further his studies. Again, in 1907, he visited
Florida, and together with Dr. Charles T. Simpson made what
later proved to be a most memorable field trip to the lower
Florida Keys. With Big Pine Key as a base, a search for tree
snails was made from Bahia Honda to Key West. The results of
these findings were published in his excellent work "A study of

1 Research Fellow in Pilsbry 's ' ' Department of Mollusks, and other in-
vertebrates. ' '— H.B.B.

98 NAUTILUS [Vol. 71 (3)

the variation and zoogeography of Ligmis in Florida" (1912,
14). This outstanding contribution, together with its superb
colored plates, added greatly to the knowledge of these lovely
shells. Later he incorporated the work of many Ligmis enthu-
siasts and much exploration into one volume to produce the most
complete and finest work yet done on the genus. This appeared
in 1946 in his ''Land Mollusca of North America," a monumental
work of tremendous importance which stands today as a fitting
memorial to his great diligence and true genius.

In addition to his outstanding work in the field of land Mol-
lusca, Dr. Pilsbry made many important contributions to all
other branches of conchology. Many sea shells were mono-
graphed in his work on the marine portion of the "Manual,"
volumes 11 through 17, which appeared from 1889 to 1898. His
studies of the Amphineura (chitons), which appeared in volumes
14 and 15, are classics and a joy to anyone w^ho has ever used
them. He personally considered these volumes to represent
some of his finest work. Numerous papers pertaining to fresh
water mollusks appeared in the Nautilus and other publications,
and in later years he became much interested in the Pliocene
fauna of central Florida, at which time he made frequent field
trips to the vicinity of Clewiston and Ortona Locks where large
collections were made for the Academy.

Early in 1937, Dr. Pilsbry secured a cottage in Lantana,
Florida, and each succeeding winter visit to his Florida home
brought the Doctor new friends, plus a host of notables in the
conchological world who found their way to his door. Frequent
visitors were Dr. Maxwell Smith, Dr. B. R. Bales, Dr. Carlos de
la Torre, Dr. Jeanne Schwengel, Axel A. Olsson, Jay A. Weber,
and the writer with his family. These winters, at home with
his daughters Elizabeth and Grace, who acted as gracious and
able hostesses to assist in entertaining his many friends, were
certainly most happy ones for the Doctor. Never one to remain
idle, much valuable conchological work was accomplished during
this period. Numerous field trips were made, often with his
daughters assisting in the collecting, so that much important
material was added to the Academy collection. He visited Cuba
for collecting with his old friend Don Carlos, and made several
trips to St. Petersburg, on the west coast of Florida, to visit
Mr. and Mrs. Charles R. Locklin, William G. Fargo, Walter F.

January, 1958] nautilus 99

Webb, Mr. and Mrs. Dan Steger, and many other conchologists
in that area. A number of papers concerning Florida marine
shells appeared at this time, among them the "Vitrinellidae of
Florida," in which the writer had the privilege and pleasure
of participation. This was followed by Dr. Pilsbry's excellent
work on the fossil Vitrinellidae (1953, 8). During the same
year another important paper entitled "Materials for a revision
of east coast and Floridan volutes," by Pilsbry and Olsson (1953,
6) made its appearance. The discovery of anatomical material,
brought up by deep sea dredging and formerly unavailable to
students, permitted a revised generic classification of these little
known Florida shells.

During his later years. Dr. Pilsbry spent at least a portion of
his time away from his Florida winter home in order that he
might visit his daughter Grace and her husband, Frederick J.
Barcroft, who, as a U. S. Foreign Service Officer, was established
at various posts, including Peru, Argentina and Guatemala.
During these visits to our neighboring countries to the south Dr.
Pilsbry made many new friends, particularly in the field of the
sciences, and did much to spread a feeling of general good will.
Frequent collecting trips were arranged by Mr. Barcroft, and
the Doctor, assisted by Elizabeth and the Barcrofts, again made
valuable additions to the Academy collection.

Although Dr. Pilsbry had an unusually long life, one is amazed
at the vast amount of work he accomplished. Active to the
end, always a prodigious worker, he continued to spend at least
a portion of each year at his desk in the Academy doing the
work he so greatly enjoyed. His regard and deep loyalty for
his beloved Academy always came first, but surely not far behind
was his love for the Nautilus which he served as editor so faith-
fully for so many years. His guiding hand will be missed sorely.

Dedication to his work, and joy in its pursuit seemed to grace
him with a youthfulness that belied his years. His quick wit,
the happy twinkle in his eye, and the smooth rosy complexion
which so became him seemed to undergo no change from 70 on-
ward. Even at the advanced age of 90, he made a dredging
trip into the Gulf Stream in search of deep sea specimens.
Puffing ardently upon his pipe, which incidentally was never
long extinguished, one of the last things he told the writer con-
cerned his regret that illness had prevented completion of all

100 NAUTILUS [Vol. 71 (3)

work planned for 1957, but none the less his hopes were high
for a more active and productive year ahead.

Possessed of an inexhaustible fund of knowledge embracing
a multitude of subjects, he was always a delightful person to be
with, and those of us privileged to have known Dr. Pilsbry will
always remember his kindly manner and genial disposition which
invariably made friends at first meeting.

His many friends will be pleased to know that during his
final brief illness in Florida both of his daughters were con-
stantly at his side offering love and every comfort, and were
most solicitous in arranging for the best possible medical atten-
tion at all times. — Thomas L. McGinty.

DR. PILSBRY AS A DRAFTSMAN

As artist at the Academy of Natural Sciences for a number of
years, I have had the great privilege of illustrating some of
Dr. Pilsbry 's many writings. He was always most kind and
encouraging during the years of my association with him, espe-
cially when I was timidly starting out on a career as an artist.
So, I am glad to have this opportunity of expressing my appre-
ciation of his technical as well as artistic ability.

As is probably well known. Dr. Pilsbry made numerous draw-
ings himself, especially for the Nautilus, because he was not
allowed to take the artist's time. He also did more than one
plate of colored figures for other publications, which he seemed
to enjoy doing, and took great satisfaction in their accomplish-
ment. We used India ink 'Svash" for half tones.

He had the advantage over other artists in that he knew at
first glance the salient points he wished to bring out in any
illustration. While I was still at the Academy, he began to
assemble all his drawings ; there must have been hundreds of
them. — Helen Winchester Gapp.

FROM THE PILSBRY CHAIR OF MALACOLOGY

As I join others in their praise of Dr. Henry A. Pilsbry 's
outstanding scientific accomplishments and express my own per-

January, 1958 J nautilus 101

sonal loss of a kindly mentor, I would like to record Dr. Pilsbry's
contributions to the development of the Department of Mollusks
at the Academy. No man can serve at the helm of a museum
department for 69 years without profoundly influencing the
growth of its collections and the makings of its success.

Pilsbry was 25 years old, and had been at the Academy for
only three months, when he was made Conservator of the mollusk
collection on February 28, 1888. Consider the conditions and
circumstances at that time. The eminent George W. Tryon, Jr.,
Conservator, founder and "spark plug" of the Conchological
Section, had suddenly died at the age of 50. The well-known
and financially successful "Manual of Conchology" was in its
10th volume ; the Section was highly organized with a half-dozen
well-to-do officers, over a hundred subscribing members, and
several committees of volunteer workers; it was conceded that
the collection contained more species and specimens than any
other in the Western Hemisphere.

This was the bright side of the picture, and to a young and
inexperienced man of less ability than Pilsbry 's, this would have
been an over-powering responsibility and a frightening reputa-
tion to uphold. To the new Conservator, the bleak side was
even more evident. The growing collection was becoming ser-
iously overcrowded. It was almost entirely uncatalogued and
was housed in ill-suited exhibit cases on the galleries surrounding
the library hall of the Academy. The "officers of the Section
were pressing for an immediate continuation of the "Manual,"
and had arranged that most of Pilsbry's salary would consist
of 50 percent of the profits from its sale. Most of the men
supporting the section were a full generation older than Pilsbry
and had, for years, been led by Tryon 's dynamic and persuasive
personality. Although sympathetic men like S. Raymond Rob-
erts, the treasurer of the Section and the Academy, and John
Campbell, an amateur conchologist, put justified faith in the
talented new man, it was natural that some of Tryon 's friends,
contacts and activities would fade from the scene. Tryon 's
dynasty was coming to an end. The Pilsbry era was being born.

Pilsbry plunged himself into his new job with fervor. The
next volume of the Manual met its deadline. After a year, he
joined forces with Averell, a local shell dealer, and revived the
" Conchologist 's Exchange" into the successful and productive

102 NAUTILUS [Vol. 71 (3)

journal, the Nautilus. In addition to taking care of the col-
lection, he gave formal lectures on mollusks to members of the
Academy. From his accounts in the annual reports, evidently
the physical condition of the collection continually worried
Pilsbry. His almost full-time preoccupation with publishing
research merely aggravated the situation.

Pilsbry was motivated by two impelling desires which are
ingrained in all good museum men and which overshadowed all
other considerations: production of publications and acquisition
of new material. His field work, correspondence, personal al-
liances and development of projects were all bent in these two
directions. Almost yearly, he added to his annual reports a
note that ''the great number of species and types contained in
the collection of the Academy imposes a large amount of corre-
spondence upon the Conservator, and no little time is consumed
in the comparison of specimens for correspondents. This labor
is amply repaid, however, by the large mass of new material
which it secures us, and which could be obtained by no other
means." From the start, Pilsbry was quick to profit from the
generous fund left by Tryon for the purchase of shells. Valu-
able new material was obtained from Fulton and Sowerby,
Morelet, Moellendorff, J. C. Cox, Henry Suter and others.

By 1900, Pilsbry, at the age of 38, had proved himself to be
far superior as a research man than Tryon. The mountain was
now coming to Mohammed. Hirase, Ferriss, A. P. Brown,
Frederick Stearns and others were bearing gifts of priceless
material in return for junior authorship with a leader in the
field. While the venerable William H. Dall in Washington was
cutting a wide swath in marine mollusks, Pilsbry was concentrat-
ing on a vacant niche that was dear to his heart, the land
mollusks. As the years passed, the Academy's collection swelled
with Pilsbry 's types in new land, fresh-water and marine species.
Editorship of the Nautilus afforded an opportunity for many
unique acquisitions. His several expeditions further increased
the collection upon which he could compose his research tunes.
During his tenure as Curator, the collection was increased by
nearly 130,000 lots or trays, about 4000 of which were primary
types.

January, 1958] nautilus 103

By the time Dr. Pilsbry was in his late eighties, and even
though he was still very active, both physically and mentally,
he and his close friends began to consider the problem of a
successor. An old problem common to most museums of natural
history threatened the future of the Department. As the cost
of living rises, even doubles, over the years, allotted budgets and
salaries change very little. Dr. Pilsbry was aware of the dim
prospects.

His friends rallied to the cause. What better way to pay
tribute to the master and assure the continued success of the
Department than by creating and financing a research chair in
his name? In October 1954, a small fund was established for
the formation of the Henry A. Pilsbry Chair of Malacology.
The initial boost came from Mr. Alfred J. Ostheimer, 3rd, of
Whitford, Pa. and Miss Anne Harbison of Philadelphia. Other
friends and admirers joined in supporting the fund, and within
two years about two dozen contributors had brought the amount
up to half of the $200,000 goal. Although the fund is still far
short of its goal, the fact that the position was filled was a
great satisfaction to Dr. Pilsbry. Many of the irksome details
of departmental administration and ''fund-grubbing" were
lifted from his shoulders, thus permitting him uninterrupted
time for his research.

It is sometimes difficult for an elderly emperor to slacken the
reins of control, but Dr. Pilsbry guided the new man with
patience, understanding and grace. Although some of the in-
evitable innovations must not always have secretly pleased him,
he never once expressed disapproval. He knew that the same
problems that faced him as a young man were again being tackled
by a new generation. He left for Florida in October, 1957, with
plans for another winter of quiet research, content in the knowl-
edge that the museum ''home fires" were still burning cheerfully
in his absence. Once again, the wheel of time turned its full
revolution on another generation. The Pilsbry era was coming
to a close, but leaving one of the most striking and glorious
chapters in the history of the Department of Mollusks at the
Academy. — R. Tucker Abbott, Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia.

104 NAUTILUS [Vol. 71 (3)

SCIENTIFIC CONTRIBUTIONS MADE FROM

1940 TO 1957
By HENEY a. PILSBRY

In 1940, the American Malacological Union published a chro-
nologic list of the "Scientific contributions" of H. A. Pilsbry, up
to and including 1939. This was not a complete bibliography,
but purposely omitted most obituaries, editorials without perti-
nent scientific content and all reviews (except the very few with
new names), whether initialed or unsigned. If the custom of
the "Zoological Record" had been followed, the unsigned publi-
cations in the Nautilus would have been ascribed to the editors,
as for example: [H. A. Pilsbry & C. W. Johnson]. Recently,
a random count of these omissions was made in two volumes, 17
and 18. Of the editorials and obituaries, mainly unsigned, 15
were found, of the reviews, mainly initialed, 30. If one multi-
plies this by 34 (half 68 volumes), one arrives at an estimated
total of 1530, which may mean that more than half the notes
in the Nautilus, which probably were composed by Pilsbry, at
least as senior author, were omitted. Since he was a reporter
when young, signed the yearly reports of his section and de-
partment (Proe. ANSP.) and although he wrote nothing for
"Biological Abstracts," an estimate between 3000 and 4000
possibly might cover the number of published articles that
flowed from his facile pen. (Numbers do depend on who counts
them.)

Number 1 of the 1940 publications is included partly because
the biography on pages one to three was written out by Dr.
Pilsbry, and his phraseology largely was retained, although of
course all the encomiums and some of the data were interpolated
by the A. M. U. editors. Also the list of publications was based
on one he had for his own use, several years before, so that the
plan of omissions was based on his judgment, except where the
A. M. U. editors were less severe. For example, he omitted all
excerpts from another man's publications, like those in 1900,
no. 18.

The following pages, which attempt to bring his "Scientific
contributions" up to date, do include signed and unsigned
fP&B.| obituaries and death notices and also initialed editorials
in the Nautilus, but omit brief remarks in "Notes and News."

1882-1941 NAUTILUS 105

1903

[Polygyra palliata-ohstricta. Lithasia ohovata hiconica.]

Ann. Kept. Dept. Geol. Nat. Res. Indiana (1902) 27:581-
584, 604-605, fig. 23. [In Blatchley & Daniels.]

1914

Ante 1. Jan. 28. [Doryssas of the lower Amazon valley.] Proc.
ANSP. 65 :648-651, pL 24. [In Fred Baker.] ^

1939
4-5. July 10. South American land and freshwater mollusks,

X. — Species of Colombia and Ecuador. Not. Nat. ANSP.

19 :l-6, figs. 1-12.
13. . Freshwater MoUusca and Crustacea from near El

Molino, Bolivia. John Hopkins Univ. Studies Geol. 13 :69-

72, pi. 9.

1940

1. After no. 2. Scientific contributions made from 1882 to

1939. By Henry A. Pilsbry, Sc.D. Arranged and pub-
lished by the Amer. Malac. Union. 63 pp.

2. Apr. 29. Two new Mexican species of Humholdtiana. Naut.

53 :140-141.

3. July 23. Megalomastoma (Farcimen) miranda, a new

Cuban cyclophorid snail. Naut. 54 :34.
3a. Aug. 1. [1939, 11, part 2.] Monogr. ANSP. 3, vol. 1(2) :
575-994, i-ix, figs. 378-580.

4. Sept. 18. Land shells from Huanuco, Peru. Not. Nat.
ANSP. 56 :l-5, figs. 1 & 2.

5. Nov. 2. A new race of Cancellaria from Florida. Naut.

54 :54, pi. 3, figs. 1 & 2.

6. Nov. 2. The Beal collection. Naut. 54:73. [See 1941,

la.]

7. Nov. 2. [Ida S. Oldroyd. P&B.] Naut. 54:73.

1941

1. Feb. 4. Henry C. Higgins. [P&B.] Naut. 54:106.
la. May 5. [1940, 6, continued.] Naut. 54:140-141.

2. Sept. 9. A Pliocene fauna from western Ecuador. By

H. A. P. and Axel A. Olsson. Proc. ANSP. 93:1-79, 2
figs., pis. 1-19.

3. Oct. 24. New names for subdivisions of Gonglyostoma.
Naut. 55 :70.

3a. ''Aug. to Dec." Moluscos Tertiarios de agua dulce en el
valle de Magdalena. By H. A. P. and Axel A. Olsson.
Rev. Acad. Colomb. Cienc. 4(15, 16) :410-417. [See 1935,
4.]

1 Called to my attention by Dr. Harald Rehder, but I forget who sent me
the preceding one. — H.B.B.

106 NAUTILUS 1942-1944

1942

1. Jan. 12. A new form of Urocoptis scohinata Torre & Kams-

den. Naut. 55:104-105.

2. Jan. 12. Liocentrum. Naut. 55 :105.

3. May 7. Ida Shepard Oldroyd. [P&B.] Naut. 55:140-141.

4. July 23. Land Mollusea of the Cayman Islands collected

by the Oxford University Biological Expedition 1938.
Naut. 56 :l-9, pi. 1, figs. 1-15.

5. July 23. Frank Collins Baker. [P&B.] Naut. 56:33.

6. Oct. 14. Description of a helicoid snail from Madagascar.
Naut. 56:48-49.

7. Oct. 14. Helicodiscus in the West Indies. Naut. 56 :55-57,
figs. 1.

8. Oct. 14. Dr. Charles Davies Sherborn. [P&B.] Naut.
56:67.

9. Oct. 14. J. W. Jones. [P&B.] Naut. 56:67-68.

10. Oct. 14. Hugh C. Fulton. [P&B.] Naut. 56:68.

11. Oct. 14. Names proposed as new in Morse's Terrestrial
Pulmonifera of Maine. Naut. 56 :69-70.

1943

1. Jan. — . Cirripedia. In: ''Marine invertebrate faunas of

the buried beaches near Nome, Alaska." Jour. Paleont.
17 :94-95, pi. 15, figs. 8 & 9.

2. Feb. 15. New marine moUusks from the west coast. By

H. A. P. and Axel Olsson. Naut. 56 :78-81, pi. 8, figs. 1-7.

3. Feb. 15. Dr. William A. Bryan. [P&B.] Naut. 56:103.

4. July 23. Ensis minor megistus n. subsp., a west Florida
razor clam. By. H. A. P. and T. L. McGinty. Naut. 57 :33-
34, pi. 6, figs. 11-13.

5. July 23. Note on Cerion striatellum (''Fer." Guerin).

Naut. 57 :34-35.

6. Oct. 30. Floridian species of Rimula. Naut. 57 :37^0, pi.
7, figs. 1-3.

7. Oct. 30. Typhis fordi, a new Bahaman muricid mollusk.
Naut. 57 :40, pi. 7, fig. 4.

8. Oct. 30. Olaf 0. Nylander. [P&B.] Naut. 57:66.

9. Oct. 30. The type of Euamnicola Crosse and Fischer.
Naut. 57 :68-69.

1944

1. Feb. 9. A west American Julia. By H. A. P. and A. A.

Olsson. Naut. 57 :86-87, pi. 9, figs. 10 & 11.

2. Feb 9. New Peruvian land mollusks. Naut. 57:87-88, pi.

9, figs. 4 & 5.
2a. Feb. 9. [Plekocheilus mcgintyi Pilsbry.] Naut. 57 :pl.
9, fig. 6.

1944-1945 NAUTILUS 107

3. Feb. 9. A Venezuelan species of Fossula. By H. A. P. and
A. A. Olsson. Naut. 57 :89, pi. 10.

4. May 15. Peruvian land Mollusca— II. Naut. 57:118-127,

pi. 11, figs. 1-20.

5. May 15. Frank Harvey Eno. [P&B.] Naut. 57:141.

6. May 15. Hemphill's catalogue. Naut. 57:144.

7. Aug. 11. Molluscan fossils from the Rio Pachitea and vi-

cinity in eastern Peru. Proc. ANSP. 96 :137-153, figs. 1-3,
pis. 9-11.

8. Aug. 17. West American field slugs (Deroceras). Naut.

58 :15-16.

9. Aug. 17. Peruvian land Mollusca— III. Naut. 58:28-30,

pi. 1, figs. 7-9, 11.

10. Aug. 17. Helix minima. Naut. 58 :31.

11. Nov. 24. Hawaiian species of Odostomia. Naut. 58 :64-

65, pi. 2, figs. 3-6. [See 1945, 3a & 4a.]

12. Nov. 24. Snails from Taylor County, Texas. Naut. 58 :69.

1945

1. Jan. 23. Barnacles. In "Geology of Lau" by Ladd &

Hoffmeister. Bull. Bishop Mus. 181 :371-372.

2. Feb. 19. Peruvian land Mollusca — IV : Clausiliidae. Naut.

58 :79-84, pi. 3, figs. 1-10.

3. Feb. 19. Norman W. Lermond. [P&B.] Naut. 58:102-

105.
3a. Feb. 19. Odostomia monaulax. Naut. 58 :106. [See 1944,
11.]

4. June 20. Stenacme floridana, an American member of the

Amphibolacea. Naut. 58:112-116, pi. 5, figs. 1-12.
4a. June 20. [Odostomia hiloensis.] Naut. 58 :pl. 6, f. 5.
[See 1944, 11.]

5. June 20. Hodopoeus, a fossil astray. By H. A. P. and

T. D. A. Cockerell. Naut. 58 :116-117, pi. 6, figs. 1 & 2.

6. June 20. Tellina panamanensis. Naut. 58 :145.

7. Sept. 6. Cyclostrematidae and Vitrinellidae of Florida — I.
By H. A. P. and Thomas L. McGinty. Naut. 59 :1-13, pi. 1,
figs. 1-8, pi. 2, figs. 1-10.

8. Sept. 6. Foreword. Naut. 59 :29-30.

9. Dec. 27. "Cyclostrematidae" and Vitrinellidae of Florida,

II. By H. A. P. and Thomas L. McGinty. Naut. 59 :52-

59, pi. 6, figs. 1-6, 8-11.

10. Dec. 27. New Floridian marine mollusks. Naut. 59 :59-

60, fig. 1, pi. 6, fig. 7.

11. Dec. 27. Otesia H. & A. Adams versus Vitrinula "Gray'*

Carpenter. Naut. 59 :66-67.

12. Dec. 27. Vitrinellidae and similar gastropods of the Pan-

amic Province. Part I. By H. A. P. and Axel A. Olsson.
Proc. ANSP. 97 :249-278, pis. 22-30.

108 NAUTILUS 1946-1948

1946

1. Jau. 18. The type specimens of C. B. Adam's Jamaican

species of Vitrinella. Not. Nat. ANSP. no. 162:1-5, figs.
1-6.

2. Feb. 9. ^'Cyclostrematidae" and Vitrinellidae of Florida,

part III. By H. A. P. and Thomas L. McGinty. Naut.
59 :77-83, pi. 8, figs. 1-6.

3. Feb. 9. Two misunderstood Sphaeriidae. Naut. 59:83-87,
figs. 1.

4. Feb. 9. The name Mesopteryx. By H. A. P. and A. A.

Olsson. Naut. 59:105.

5. Feb. 9. The subgeneric name Tomopeas. Naut. 59 :105.

6. Feb. 25. Notes on the anatomy of Australian and Gala-

pagos Bulimulidae (Mollusca, Pulmonata). Not. Nat.
ANSP. 168:1-4, figs. 1-4.

7. Aug. 30. Condylocardia in Florida and middle America.

By H. A. P. and Axel A. Olsson. Naut. 60:6-7, pi. 1, figs.
9&10.

8. Aug. 30. Another Pacific species of Episcynia. By H. A.

P. and Axel A. Olsson. Naut. 60 :11-12, pi. 1, figs. 6-8.

9. Aug. 30. Vitrinellidae of Florida, part 4. By H. A. P.

and T. L. McGinty. Naut. 60 :12-18, pi. 2, figs. 1-6.

10. Aug. 30. Note on Vitrinella {Tomura) hicaudata. By

H. A. P. & McGinty. Naut. 60 :36.

11. Dec. 6. Land Mollusca of North America (North of Mex-

ico), vol. 2. Monogr. ANSP. 3, vol. 2(1) :i-vi, 1-520, figs.
1-281, frontispiece. [Continued in 1948, 0.]

12. Dec. 18. Sinistral Liguus fasciatus in Florida. Naut.

60:72.

1947

1. Mar. 11. On the anatomy and the systematic place of the

land-mollusk genus Janulus. Naut. 60:94-97, pi. 7, figs.
1-5.

2. Mar. 11. Dr. Blenn R. Bales. [P&B.] Naut. 60:101-102.

3. July 14. Type of Pseudantalis. Naut. 61:31.

3a. . Moluscos fosiles del Rio Pachitea y sus alrededores

en la region oriental del Peru. Bol. Mus. Hist. Nat. *'J.
Prado" 10 (1946, quarters 1 & 2) :32-57, pis. I-III. [See
1944, 7.]

1948

0. Mar. 19. [1946-11, part 2.] Monogr. ANSP. 3 :i-xlvii,

521-1113, figs. 282-585.

1. Nov. 4. Inland Mollusca of northern Mexico — I. The

genera Ilumholdtiana, SonoreUa, Oreohelix, and Ashmu-
nella. Proc. ANSP. 100:185-203, figs. 1-6, pis. 12-14.

1949-1950 NAUTILUS 109

1949

1. Jan. 26. Review of Peruvian species of Temesa (MoUnsca,

Clausiliidae). Not. Nat. ANSP. 214:1-8, figs. 1-10.

2. Feb. 9. The landsnail genus Xenothauma and other cari-

nate Bulimulidae in Peru. By H. A. P. and Axel A.
Olsson. Not. Nat. ANSP. 215 :1-14, figs. 1-19.

3. Mar. 18. New species of Isomeria and Helicina, Naut.

62 :99-101, pi. 6, figs. 3 & 4.

4. Mar. 18. Drillia roseohasis and Pleurotoma alhicostata

(Sowerby). Naut. 62:103-104.

5. June 8, Dissentoma, the embyonic stage of Cymatium
martinianum (Orb.). Naut. 62:142.

6. June 8. To subscribers. H. A. P. and H. B. B. Naut.

62:145.

7. July 3. Balanus in the Oligocene of northern Peru and
western Ecuador. By H. A. P. and Axel A. Olsson. Soc.
Geol. Peru, Vol. Jubilar, 25th Anivers., pt. 2(16) :l-6, pi. 1.

8. Sept. 19. New marine mollusks of Florida and the Ba-
hamas. By H. A. P. and T. L. McGinty. Naut. 63 :9-15,
pi. 1, figs. 1-7; 63(2) :pl. 3, fig. 8.

8a. Sept. 19. [New Cerithiidae from Florida.] Naut. 63:pl.
1, figs. 11 & 12. [See no. 13.]

9. Sept. 19. A West Indian Hydatina. Naut. 63 :15-17, pi. 1,
figs. 8-10.

10. Sept. 19. Two overlooked synonyms. Naut. 63 :36.

11. Oct. 14. Peruvian land mollusks of the genus Nenia

(Clausiliidae). Not. Nat. ANSP. 214:1-8, figs. 1-10.

12. Nov. 1. Land mollusks of Cayman Brae. Naut. 63 :37-48,

fig. 1, pi. 3, figs. 1-7, pi. 4, figs. 1-10.

12a. Nov. 1. [Neopetraeus cremnohates Pilsbry, , n. sp.]

Naut. 63 :pl. 3, fig. 9.

13. Nov. 1. New Cerithiidae from Florida. Naut. 63:65-66.

[See no. 8a.]

14. Nov. 1. The mollusk fauna of glasshouses in the Nether-

lands. Naut. 63 :71.

1950

1. Feb. 13. Fresh water mollusks from Colombia and Guate-
mala. Naut. 63 :82-85, pi. 5, figs. 1 & 2.

2. Feb. 13. Vitrinellidae of Florida: part 5. By H. A. P.

and T. L. McGinty. Naut. 63 :85-87, pi. 5, figs. 6 & 7.

3. Apr. 4. Carlos de la Torre. [P&B.] Naut. 63 :143.

4. July 5. Daniel L. Emery. [P&B.] Naut. 64:36.

5. July 5. Review of Anticlimax, with new Tertiary species

(Gastropoda, Vitrinellidae). By H. A. P. and Axel A.
Olsson. Bull. Amer. Paleont. 33(135) :1-14, pis. 1-4.

6. Oct. 27. New fountain snails from Florida. Naut. 64:37-

39, pi. 3, figs. 1-7.

110 NAUTILUS 1950-1952

7. Oct. 27. Pseudosuhidina, a genus new to the United States.
Naut. 64:55-56.

8. Oct. 27. Notes on land snails of Texas. Naut. 64:55-58,
pi. 4, figs. 1 & 2.

9. Oct. 27. The genotype of Plotia ''Bolten" Roeding.
Naut. 64:68.

10. Oct. 27. Helisoma anceps (Menke), 1830. Naut. 64:68,
pi. 4, fig. 44.

11. Oct. 27. The name Hemisinus (Longiverena) avus. Naut.

64:69.
11a. Oct. 27. [1951, 1, figs.] Naut. 64:pl. 4, figs. 3, 5 & 10.

1951

1. Feb. 15. Land snails from the Guadalupe Range, Texas.
By H. A. P. and E. P. Cheatum. Naut. 64:87-90; 64(2) :
pi. 4, figs. 3, 5 & 10.

2. Apr. 4. The Lepyriidae, a new family of fresh-water snails

(Gastropoda: Rissoacea). By H. A. P. and Axel Olsson.
Not. Nat. ANSP. 233:1-5, figs. 1-7.

3. May 7. A new Caribbean mollusk. By H. A. P. and A. A.

Olsson. Naut. 64:109-110, pi. 9, figs. 7 & 8.

4. May 7. New species of Amnicola and Streptostyla. Naut.

64 :119-120, pi. 9, fig. 1-3.

4a. May 7. [1951, 5, figs.] Naut. 64:pl. 9, figs. 4-6.

5. Aug. 27. Notes on some Brazilian Planorbidae. Naut.

65:3-6 [See 4a.]

6. Aug. 27. Antalis " Herrmannsen. " Naut. 65:33-34.

6a. Aug. 27. [Caecum himinicola.] Naut. 65 :pl. 1, fig. 13.
[See no. 10.]

7. Oct. 17. Aplysia hadistes, a peculiar Floridan sea-hare.
Not. Nat. ANSP. 240:1-6, figs. 1-9.

8. Nov. 9. A peculiar genus of Vitrinellidae. By H. A. P.

and A. A. Olsson. Naut. 65 :43, pi. 3, figs. 2.

9. Nov. 9. Harold R. Robertson. [P&B.] Naut. 65:68.

10. Nov. 9. Caecum himinicola, new species. Naut. 65 :69.

[See 6a.]

11. Dec. 18. Tertiary and Cretaceous Cirripedia from north-
western South America. By H. A. P. and Axel A. Olsson.
Proc. ANSP. 103:197-210, pis. 8-11.

1952

1. Feb. 25. A South African species of Fauxulus. Naut.

65 :102-103.

2. Feb. 25. The genotype of Microceramus. Naut. 65:107.

3. May 22. The generic name Pseudotrochiis. Naut. 65 :137-

139.

4. July 25. Notes on Nesta (Laevinesta) atlaniica, a Floridan

fissurellid mollusk. By H. A. P. and Thomas L. McGinty.
Naut. 66:1-3, fig. 1.

1952-1954 NAUTILUS 111

5. Sept. 10. Vitrinellidae of the Panamic province: II. By

H. A. P. and Axel A. Olsson. Proc. ANSP. 104:35-88, pis.
2-13.

6. Nov. 17. Littoridina tenuipes (Couper). Nant. 66:50-54,

figs. 1 i& 2.

7. Nov. 17. A Holospira new to the United States. Naut.

66:69-70. [See 1953, la.]

1953

1. Feb. 2. Fastigiella carinata Reeve, a little-known mollusk.
Naut. 66 :77-78, pi. 6, figs. 2 & 3.

la. Feb. 2. [1952, 7, fig.] Naut. 66:pl. 6, fig. 1. [See
1952, 7.]

2. Feb. 2. A Colombian Pomacea of the Effusa group. By

H. A. P. and Axel A. Olsson. Naut. 66 :98-99, pi. 6, figs. 6.

3. Feb. 2. L. A. Burry. [P&B.] Naut. 66:105.

4. Feb. 2. Notice to subscribers. By H. A. P. and H. B. B.

Naut. 66 :108.

5. June 8. The eighth annual shell show [St. Petersburg].

Naut. 66:142.

6. July 24. Materials for a revision of east coast and Floridan
volutes. By H. A. P. and Axel A. Olsson. Naut. 67 :1-13,
figs. 1-4, pi. 1, figs. 1-6, pi. 2, figs. 1-5, pi. 3, figs. 1 & 2.

7. Aug. 5. Notes on Floridan barnacles (Cirripedia). Proc.

ANSP. 105 :13-28, figs. 1-5, pis. 1 & 2.

8. Nov. 6. The Vitrinellidae. Fresh-water mollusks. Monogr.

ANSP. 8 (Ilia & Illb) :411-447, 2 figs., pis. 49-56, 64-65.

9. Nov. 11. Magnipelta, a new genus of Arionidae from Idaho.

Naut. 67 :37-38, pi. 5, figs. 1-3.

10. Nov. 11. Land mollusks from Nuevo Leon, Mexico. Naut.

67 :46-47, figs. 1 & 2, pi. 5, fig. 6.

11. Nov. 11. The case of Paludina multilineata Say. Naut.

67 :58-61.

12. Dec. 9. Inland Mollusca of northern Mexico. II. Uro-

coptidae, Pupillidae, Strobilopsidae, Valloniidae and Cionel-
lidae. Proc. ANSP. 105 :133-167, fig. 1, pis. 3-10.

1954

1. Feb. 18. Some Californian and Mexican mollusks. Naut.

67 :81-82, fig. 2, pi. 8, figs. 1 & 4.

2. May 17. The St. Petersburg Shell Show. Naut. 67 :138.

3. July 24. A long forgotten shell, Delphinida laxa Say.

Naut. 68 :10-11, fig. 1.

4. July 24. Holospira riograndensis. Naut. 68 :34.

5. Sept. 7. Systems of the Volutidae. By H. A. P. and Axel
A. Olsson. Bull. Amer. Paleont. 35(152) :l-36, pis. 1-4.

6. Nov. 19. The Idaho-Montana slug Magnipelta (Arionidae).

By H. A. P. and Royal Bruce Brunson. Not. Nat. ANSP.
262:1-6, figs. 1-11.

112 NAUTILUS 1954-1958

7. Nov. 29. Miocene land shell fossils from the Dominican
Republic. Not. Nat. ANSP. 266:1-4, figs. 1-4.

1955

1. Feb. 11. Calvin Goodrich. [P&B.] Naut. 68:104.

2. Nov. 5. Another Floridan Conns. Naut. 69:47-48, pi. 3,

figs. 10 & 11.

1956

1. Feb. 11. A new Bostryx from Peru. Naut. 69 :92-93, pi.

5, figs. 4 & 5.

2. Feb. 11. Beach drift Polygyridae from southern Texas.

By H. A. P. and Leslie Hubricht. Naut. 69 :93-96, pi. 5,
figs. 1-3.

3. May 10. A gastropod domiciliary in sea urchin spines.

Naut. 69 :109-110, pi. 6, figs. 4-9.

4. June 22. Inland Mollusca of northern Mexico. III. Pol-
ygyridae and Potadominae. Proc. ANSP. 108:19-40, figs.
1^, pis. 2-4.

1957

1. Feb. 11. Paul P. McGinty. [P&B.] Naut. 70:105-106.

2. Feb. 11. Thaumastus conspicuus. Naut. 70 :107.

3. Feb. 11. Notice to subscribers. By H. A. P. and H. B. B.

Naut. 70(3) :iii.

4. April 29.William G. Fargo. [P&B.] Naut. 70:140.

5. April 29. Guy L. Wilkins. [P&B.] Naut. 70:141.

6. April 29. Wrong address. By H. A. P. & H. B. B. Naut.

70:141.

7. Nov. 4. Notes on land snails of genera Solaropsis and

Nenia. Naut. 71 :47-52, pi. 3, figs. 1-4.

1958

1. . A Colombian species of the genus Rhodea. Naut.

71 :83, pi. 9, lower 2 figs.

2. . Type of Paludestrina. By H. A. P. & H. B. B.

Naut. 71(3) :116.

THE PILSBRY NAUTILUS

When only 26 years of age, Henry A. Pilsbry began the
Nautilus on May 5, 1889, with volume 3, because it succeeded
(N.3:l) the "Conchologist's Exchange," after a year's lapse.
At first, it was a monthly ^ at $1.00 a year for 144 pages plus
covers and plates. His one year's association with William D.

1 Rarely double numbers (so marked) were issued and vol. 23 had only
11, although with the full number of pages.

January, 1958] nautilus 113

Averell (1853-1928; N.42:33) as its business manager (see
latter 's ''Prospectus") was none too happy and, at the end of
one volume (N.4:l), Averell was replaced by another Phila-
delphian, at the Wagner Free Institute of Science : Charles W.
Johnson, who was not quite a year younger than Pilsbry, and
who became junior editor and manager. Undoubtedly young
Johnson (N.l:vii of index) and probably Pilsbry expected some
cash profit from their partnership. Since Americans tradi-
tionally have regarded basic (not immediately practical) scien-
tific studies as luxuries rather than necessities, such hopes
crashed abruptly during the "hard times" around 1893 (N.
7:25). During the next 4 years, they often feared that they
could not carry the deficits (N.9:97; N.10:97) out of their
moderate earnings, until support was guaranteed by Bryant
Walker and others (N.ll:12).

When Johnson (at 40) went to the Boston Society of Natural
History, the Nautilus was issued at Boston (N.17:l) from
volume 17 (May, 1903) until his death (N.46:37) at 68,^ 4 days
before the mailing of the July number by his Boston colleagues.
Throughout the 42 years of the Pilsbry-Johnson partnership
(and afterwards), the publication was carried on as a ''labor
of love" by two busy scientists, without salaries, endowments
or dividends, except a small one in the early 1900s, which may
have recompensed them in part for their earlier losses.

In 1914, with volume 28 (N.27:144) the annual price was
advanced to $1.50; 3 years later (N.30:144), subscriptions be-
came $2.00, and the Nautilus changed to a quarterly (36 text
pp. per no.) with the first (July, 1917) number of volume 31.
During the older World War, most foreign subscribers were lost,
and some financial difficulties followed (N.34 :36 ; 36 :72 ; 38 :108) .
Because of postal laws, the title pages and indexes of volumes
43 to 45 were added as the last 4 pages of their April numbers ;
previously, from volumes 3 to 42, they had been stapled
separately.

Dr. Pilsbry (then 69) thought that both editors should be
in the same city; so my association, as junior editor and man-
ager, began with the October, 1932, number (p. 37) and Phila-

2 Coincidentally, Dr. Pilsbry died on the 94tli anniversary of his partner 's
birth.

114 NAUTILUS [Vol. 71 (3)

delphia again became the post office of issue. Beginning with
vol. 46, the removal of title pages and indexes was made easier
by their inclusion in the middle of each April number (except
those for vols. 54 & 55, which were stapled in vol. 55, no. 1, and
vol. 56, no. 2, respectively). The present practice of volume,
number, month and year at the tops of opposing pages began
with vol. 48, no. 1. The dates for each volume have been in-
cluded under ''Notes and News," usually in the next July
number, since vol. 46, no. 2 (N. 48:69). Earlier dates are in
''Scientific contributions" (1940, 1).

After the 1929 "depression," many subscribers again de-
serted, and rather severe deficits once more became the rule.
During the last World War, almost all foreign subscriptions
stopped, but this largely was counterbalanced by increases in
U. S. subscribers, when money became easier. But another dif-
ficulty appeared. Partly because of paper rationing during the
war, but mainly on account of renewed and retroactive subscrip-
tions, the reserve stocks of vols. 52 to 58 rapidly diminished.
Apparently a similar expansion came 10 years after 1893, since
the stocks of vols. 17 to 24 are quite exhausted. Let future
managers beware, because a sale of back numbers often has
abolished a bad deficit !

Due to inflation, the subscription price necessarily has been
raised three times in eight years: to $2.50 with vol. 63 (N.
62:145), to $3.00 with vol. 67 (N.66:108) and to $3.50 with
vol. 71 (N.70, no. 3, p. iii). Because of the lapse of 6 months
between each increase in printing costs near the first of a year
and the beginning of the next volume with a July number,
minor deficits also bothered, especially in 1949 and 1953, but
the Nautilus again is making debits and credits meet.

When an estimate was made a few years ago, almost half of
the subscribers were amateur hobbyists, whose subscriptions do
tend to rise and fall with the times, and we always have tried
to include some papers in each number for them. But, the
backbone of the Nautilus, that kept it going when money be-
came scarce, apparently always has been the more continuous
subscriptions of institutions and of professional zoologists and/or
malacologists. For this reason, if for no other, the scientific
standards, established by Dr. Pilsbry during his 68 years as
senior editor, must and shall be maintained.

January, 1958] nautilus 115

At least twice during September and October, 1957, Dr.
Pilsbry implored me to make sure that the Nautilus would
continue, and solemnly was promised that it would. The present
plans are that Dr. Charles B. Wurtz, Consulting Biologists,
610 Commercial Trust Building, Philadelphia 2, and Dr. R.
Tucker Abbott (Pilsbry Chair of Malacology), Academy of
Natural Sciences, 19th and the Parkway, Philadelphia 3, will
join the staff as junior editors with the understanding that,
if at any future time either should cease to be a resident of
the Philadelphia area, this would be considered as a tendered
resignation.

Dr. Abbott will edit especially papers on marine mollusks.
Dr. Wurtz will continue to superintend the mailing of back
numbers, take over the actual mailing of each issue, and become
editor for fresh water mollusks and ecology. Bernadine B.
Baker (Mrs. Horace B. B.), 11 Chelten Road, Havertown, Pa.,
as manager, will keep the books and receive renewals, new
subscriptions and orders for back numbers. Since the Bakers
and the Nautilus can afford but one bank account, checks may
be made out as usual.

jManuscripts, for publication in the Pilsbry Nautilus, should
be sent to the senior editor, as customarily stated on page ii
(inside of back cover). He has on file all those at the ANSP.
or acknowledged by him. Publication of these may be a bit
slow for a while, since enough are on hand for two future
numbers, but this rarely has continued to be the case for long.

Two general indexes have been issued by others. The ''Index
to the Nautilus, vols. 3 to 34, 1889-1921 and to its predecessor ^
the Conchologist 's Exchange, vol. 1, 2, 1886-1888," was com-
piled by John Brooks Henderson, Jr. (Frontispiece; died 1923)
assisted by Marguerite Woodward, and edited by William H.
Dall. It was published in 1927 by George H. Clapp and Bryant
Walker. About 1933, its two owners generously presented the
remaining copies to the Nautilus and these still furnish some
support. The "Index to the Nautilus, volumes 35 to 60, 1921-
1947," was compiled by Aurele LaRocque, assisted by Geneva
Smithe and Harold W. Harry; it was published in 1951, and
is sold by the University of Michigan Press. — H. Burrington
Baker.

3 It ceased publication a year before the Nautilus began.

116 NAUTILUS [Vol. 71 (3)

NOTES AND NEWS

Type of Paludestrixa. — Paludestrina Orbigny, 1839 or 1840,
Voy. Amer. Merid. (Moll.), p. 381, evidently was proposed to
replace Ilydrohia Hartmann, 1821, type Helix acuta Miiller,
1774, Verm. II, p. 100. Although the word ''substitute" was
not used, Paludestrina at least included Hydrohia. Apparently
the first valid type selection was made by Bourguignat, 1887,
Etud. petit. Paludinidees, p. 10, who designated H. acuta = P. a.
Dr. von Ihering's subsequent and invalid type selection, 1895,
Nachrbl. Deutsch. Malak. Ges. 27:128 (Cf. N.10:119), was
useless, as our old South American friend (1850-1930) and
correspondent must have realized before 1910 (N.24:15).
Equally unnecessary was Parodiz's attempt, 1955, Neotropica
1 :95-96, to replace Potamolithus, 1896, by Paludestrina, which
last remains what Orbigny intended it to be : an objective
synonym of Hydrohia. ' ^ Reqiiiescant in pace^' for another 60
years !— H. A. P. and H. B. B.*

Collecting in Peru and Argentina. — A collecting trip was
always my father's greatest pleasure and recreation. A great
outdoors man, he was comfortable in any circumstances and
equal to all situations. In Peru, we with others made long trips
over much wildly beautiful country, besides short ones around
Lima. All were successful; he always knew where the shells
were.

Dr. Jorge A. Broggi took us on many delightful collecting
trips, especially a five day one to Paracas and Pisco in southern
Peru, over the deserts. Axel Olsson took us on a fine camping
trip from Talara to Zorritos and Tumbes in northern Peru.
In 1948, Dr. Pennell joined us in one to the mountains east of
Trujillo and another to Cajamarca, from where we went to
Celendin and down into the canyon of the Maranon. Other
trips took us to Tingo Maria, Cusco, Chimbote and up the
canyon of the Santa River, and Machupicchu. We crossed the
continental divide five times; my father was not affected by
the altitude.

He was not affected by the heat either. In 1950 on the
pampas of Argentina, he enjoyed the oven birds and burrowing

♦ Written by me, but based on my last discussion with him. — H. B. B.

January, 1958] nautilus iii

owls, oblivious to 110 degrees. We again were visiting Grace
and Fred, whose home was near Rio de La Plata, in which he
collected at low tide. Together we collected up the coast of
Uruguay to the Brazilian border, and also at the falls of Iguazu,
near the Paraguay border. Father also enjoyed the warm
hospitality of Dr. Biraben and his wife, Dr. Hylton Scott.

Good trips in Guatemala were planned for 1957-8, but my
father's heart attack suggested a switch to a quiet winter in
Florida, which was cut short by his untimely death. Of Father,
at nearly 95, one truly may say: '^He died young." — Elizabeth

PiLSBRY.

Resolutions. — We have learned with great sorrow of the
death of our distinguished Honorary Life President, Doctor
Henry Augustus Pilsbry, Curator of Mollusks at the Academy
of Natural Sciences. In grateful tribute to his memory, we
recognize, as the world of science already has recognized, the
conspicuous abilities displayed by him in the fields of Mollusca
and Cirripedia, but still more fully we appreciate the fact that,
as a contributor of a vast amount of basic research, he stood
without a peer. His judgment and scientific conclusions will
guide many generations to come. His leadership and helping
hand kept alive the greatness of the Academy and served as an
inspiration in the founding of this Club. We mourn his loss not
only on account of these attainments, but also as a man of broad
sympathies, cheerful character and tender heart. Our sincere
sympathies are extended to the members of his bereaved family,
with a token copy of these resolutions. — Philadelphia Shell
Club.

Wanted: Pectens (world-wide). Exchange or purchase. Can offer good
marine specimens, many genera, with data.

Gilbert Grau, 2457 Claremont Ave., Hollywood 27, Calif.

Foe Exchange: Fine specimen shells, world wide.

Nick Katsaeas, 479-B South Washington Ave., Bergenfield, N. J.

IV NAUTILUS

William H. Weeks shell collection: Now being offered for
sale. To receive free lists, send name and address to:

George E. Jacobs, 853 Riverside Drive, N. Y. 32, N. Y.

For sale by Mail Auction: The extensive general shell collec-
tion of my late husband. Sea and land shells with data.

Mrs. H. David Vernon, 905 Leonello Ave., Los Altos, Calif.

INDEX TO THE NAUTILUS

Volumes 35-60

The index to The Nautilus for volumes 35 through 60 is now available
for distribution. Copies may be procured from the University or
Michigan Press, 311 Maynard Street, Ann Arbor, Michigan. The book
is made up in the same format as the First Index, is cloth bound and
divided into two sections, an author index and an index to genera and
species.

Pages : 322, frontispiece Price : $7.50

EAST COAST MARINE SHELLS (Fourth revised edition) . . . 6.00

WORLD-WIDE SEA SHELLS COMBINED WITH THE

ROCK SHELLS 6.00

Other publications out of print.

All post-paid in U. S. A.
Address autlior:

MAXWELL SMITH,
P.O. Box 8295, Asheville, North Carolina

How TO Collect Shells: Published by the American Malacological Union.

$1.00. Write: ;;

Margaret C. Teskey, Sect., P. O. Box 238, Marinette, Wis.

THE NAUTILUS

Vol. 71 APRIL, 1958 No. 4

REDISCOVERY OF A RARE CARIBBEAN CONUS

By R. tucker ABBOTT

Pilsbry Chair of Malacology

Mrs. Mildred R. Barnes sent me three specimens of a rare and
hitherto misunderstood species of Conus, that she collected in
July 1956 on the beach just east of Boca Mahos, Aruba Island,
Netherlands Antilles. They are Conus armillatus C. B. Adams,
previously reported only from Jamaica and the Virgin Islands,
and a species formerly relegated to the synonymy of other species
of Conus.

In 1942, Clench (Johnsonia, vol. 1, no. 6, p. 3) considered it
to be a young specimen of C. regius Gmelin. In 1950, Clench
and Turner (Occ. Papers on Moll., Harvard, vol. 1, no. 15, p.
258, pi. 31, fig. 10) repeated this opinion. They figured the sup-
posed holotype, although that shell, according to the magnifica-
tion given in the explanation of plates, is almost twice the size
of that from which Adams made his description. I believe Adams
probably had several shells, but only one badly worn specimen
(possibly a young shell of regius) remained in his collection when
Clench and Turner chose the holotype. In 1875, WeinkaufF (Syst.
Conchyl. Cab., vol. 4, pt. 2, p. 392) considered armillatus a syno-
nym of C. proteus Hwass =: C. spurius Hwass on the basis of a
probably misidentified specimen in Dunker's collection. In 1864,
Krebs (The West Indian Marine Shells, p. 3) , suggested, in error
I believe, that this species was C. mindanus Hwass from the
Philippines.

Below is given a full description, which has so many important
features mentioned by Adams that I have little hesitation in as-
suming that these specimens from Mrs. Barnes are C. armillatus.

Shell 13 to 17 mm. in length, solid, and ovate-conic. Whorls 7,
rounded at the shoulder, slightly convex on the sides, and flattish
at the base. Whorls in spire convex. Ground color milk-white,
overlaid with irregular dark-brown mottlings which may consist
of squarish or oblong splotches at times becoming axially con-

117

118 NAUTILUS Vol. 71 (4)

fluent. Color of spire white with narrow, zigzag axial bars of
black-brown. Interior of aperture purple-brown with a revolving,
narrow white band just below the middle. Base of shell, inside
and out, a pale lavender or brownish lavender. Nuclear whorls
whitish tan. Spiral sculpture on the spire consists of about 6 fine,
raised threads; on the body whorl there are about 20 very narrow,
raised, whitish threads bearing a series of tiny rounded beads;
towards the base the threads become more grossly pustulous, but
on the fasciole they are obsolete. The scar caused by the posterior
siphonal filament, located on the parietal wall at the top of the
aperture, is deep and channel-like. Length and width of 3 speci-
mens, respectively, are: 16.5 X 9.4; 15.3 X 8.5; and 13.0 x 7.5 mm.

Comparative remarks: C. armillatiis is recognized by its laven-
der base, and non-coronate spire. C. armillatus resembles C.
jaspideus Gmelin in size and shape, but has fine spiral threads
on the top of the whorls in the spire and has a lavender base.
It differs from regius in not having a coronate spire. Superficially,
the color and shape of this cone suggests a darkly colored, im-
mature specimen of Columbella mercatoria (L) .

Mrs. Barnes also obtained at Aruba one of the smallest speci-
mens of Strombus gallus L. on record (an adult 70 mm. in
length) , and two cones which appear to be Conus sennottorum
Rehder and Abbott, 1951.

ELLOBIID AND OTHER ECOLOGY IN FLORIDA

By J. P. E. MORRISON

In the course of a two weeks' visit to the Miami region in No-
vember 1955, a special search was made for the species of salt-
marsh snails (Ellobiidae) living there and on the Florida Keys.
This search proved so successful that the ecological observations
are offered here in the belief that at least some of this data may
be new to others also. They should be helpful in collecting the
species more readily, as well as in understanding these species
and their biology. Knowledge of the habitats is necessary even to
find some of the smaller forms which live only under rocks along
some of the Florida shorelines.

At Matheson Hammock Park, the small black Batillaria min-
ima (Gmelin) was abundant in countless numbers everywhere
on the coralline rocks along the shore. Nassarius vibex (Say) was

April, 1958 nautilus 119

found in one to three feet of water in the sandy bottom at the
swimming beach. A walk (barefooted, and carrying a small grand-
son on one arm) on the coralline gravel surface of the rock jetty
that surrounds and protects this swimming beach was somewhat
painful. Search here under some rotting coconut husks in the
drift piled along the high tide line on the outer side of the jetty
yielded a few live specimens of Pira monile (Bruguiere) as a
reward. Also, there were a few Tectarius muricatus (Linn^) in
the crevices of the coralline rocks just a little above the high
tide line.

Travelling southward a mile or so to Snapper Creek, by out-
board motor boat, we went a mile up the creek to get into the
landward part of the Mangrove swamps. A small inlet cut into
the swamp on the north side of Snapper Creek was barren of
shells, but at a distance of 25 feet or so from this inlet, the ex-
pected Melampus population was found. These Melampus coffeus
(Linne) were quite active, crawling all over the mud of the
swamp, in the shade of the mangroves, when the tide was low.
More than 200 were picked up in just a few minutes. Care taken
to completely sample the population by collecting every specimen
in a limited area, including all the small shells, paid oft. When
these shells were studied later, it was discovered that Detracia
clarki Morrison is living here in small numbers with M. coffeus.
The 15 specimens of cLarki collected here looked just like the
small M. coffeus when they were all mud-coated and crawling
on the mud surface together.

A check of the mangrove swamp just behind the sand barrier
at the mouth of Snapper Creek revealed Melampus thriving here
also. In this part of the swamp, only 4 specimens of Melampus
bideniatus Say and 6 specimens of Detracia clarki were picked
up with more than 200 of Melampus coffeus in a short time.
Under the logs and other drift at the high tide line on the Bis-
cayne Bay side of the sand beach barrier were found a couple of
mature specimens of Detracia bullaoides (Montagu), in com-
pany with numerous Truncatella pulchella Pfeiffer and T. cari-
baeensis Reeve.

On the return from a sight-seeing trip to Key West, a stop was
made for swimming at Bahia Honda Key. While the family, in-
cluding the grandsons, went swimming at the beach on the north

120 NAUTILUS Vol. 71 (4)

side of Bahia Honda, I stru|2^gled a few yards into the mangrove
swamp just east of the parking lot, and fought off mosquitoes
and blackflies for about a half hour. Melampus were not too
abundant here, but were seen sparingly on the mud, or on the
lower parts of the mangroves. Only one large Melampus coffeus
was found living here. A mixture of M. hidentatus (41 speci-
mens) and of Detracia clarki (26 specimens) made up the rest
of this sample. Before the tide came in too far, a dozen and a
half of the tiny Cerithidea costata (DaCosta) were seen crawling
on the mud and the fallen mangrove leaves. They were not abun-
dant here, perhaps only one or two every square yard, in this
landward margin of the mangroves. The incoming tide also pre-
vented the discovery of the exact habitat in which the brackish-
water clam Pseudocyrena maritima (Orbigny) lives in this
swamp. Only a couple of recently dead, empty shells of the
Pseudocyrena were collected.

On the north side of the small boat channel at the northeast
corner of the parking lot, the shore is open, rocky, with a few
small mangrove saplings beginning to take hold. Under the
small rocks (coralline limestone) just below the high tide line,
live three minute species of Ellobiids, along with the tiny golden
snail Syncera. On the under side of these rocks, the tiny specks
of dark reddish brown color proved to be Pedipes ovalis (C. B.
Adams) , and Syncera modesta (H. C. Lea) ; those of paler color
were mostly Laemodonta cubensis (Pfeiffer) , with two specimens
of Marinula succinea (Pfeiffer) . One fine specimen of Siphonaria
alternata (Say) was found on one of the rocks here also.

A three-day stay on Plantation Key was especially valuable in
allowing time to look for some of the less obvious species. The
north side of the Key, just east of the Plantation Harbor Yacht
Club pier, is a secondary habitat, rather than a completely
natural one. It has been filled, with a shore line stabilized by
a low concrete wall in part, and with the edge of the fill else-
where protected by a line of coralline rocks. At the high tide
line, under the rocks, drift materials, and around the roots of
the grasses along this margin, there is a very definite zonation
of certain species. On this particular shore, the zonations of
habitat are very narrow, and the species overlap in their occur-
rence somewhat, but still there is a rather definite picture of the

April, 1958 nautilus 121

zonation, if careful attention is paid to look for it. Detracia
bullaoides (Montagu) , Melampus coffeus, M. bidentatus, and
Pira monile (Bruguiere) are all to be found under these rocks,
with the Detracia furthest away from the water. The Pira monile
are closest to the water line in this habitat.

One low spot on this northern shore of Plantation Key ap-
parently represents a trace of the former typical mangrove
swamp conditions. Here were found 4 Detracia bullaoides of
large size; 1 specimen of D. clarki; 10 Melampus coffeus; 28
M. bidentatus [of the small dwarf form erroneously figured by
Binney, Dall, and others as Detracia floridana (Pfeiffer) for
many years]; and 1 empty shell of Pseudocyrena maritima
(Orbigny) . A couple of shells of Cerithidea scalariformis (Say)
were drifted on this north shore, but they were not living in
this particular area.

The truncatellas are exceedingly abundant here. All three
Florida species are living on this shore, in slightly different
habitat zones. Closest to the water, where they are probably im-
mersed at every normal high tide, Truncatella scalaris clathrus
Lowe is common on the sand under the rocks. A little further,
that is just a few inches up the shore, T. caribaeensis Reeve and
T. pulchella Pfeiffer appear. The caribaeensis are less common,
and burrow more deeply in the sand under logs or stones, when
they are inactive in the daytime, than do pulchella. The T.
pulchella population also extends further landward into a
higher and drier habitat. T. pulchella lives here by the myriads.
The maximum concentration of individuals of T. pulcliella
Pfeiffer in this place was estimated to exceed 1,000 to the
square foot.

On the under side of these rocks just a little below the normal
high tide line, there are tiny ellobiids to be found. Sitting or
lying in the sun is pleasant, but searching every rock, and pick-
ing off the tiny snails with spring-steel forceps requires a sharp
eye and a patient, steady hand. Pedipes ovalis C. B. Adams
(252 specimens) , P. mirabilis (Miihlfeld) (2 specimens) , and
Laemodonta cubensis (Pfeiffer) (2 immature specimens) were
taken here in a couple of hours, along with a few young mussels
of the genera Crenella and Brachidontes, which were attached
to the under surface of these rocks by their byssal threads.

122 NAUTILUS Vol. 71 (4)

A little to the east along this north shore, a small colony of
Siphonaria alternata (Say) was discovered in the splash zone
(intertidal) near the high tide line on eroding limestone rock
ot the natural shoreline. Although it was a simple matter to
collect 100 small specimens with the point of a knife blade,
this colony was apparently restricted to about twenty feet of
shore line.

The other Florida species Siphonaria (Patellopsis) pectinata
(Linne) was found in great abundance on the creosoted wooden
jetties along the Golden Beach (188th Street of Miami Beach).
A number were brought home alive, in spite of undergoing
some rough treatment over a period of about seven days. The
night after they were placed in a salt-water aquarium main-
tained by friends, Mr. and Mrs. William Foster of Falls Church,
Virginia, they laid gelatinous egg strings, crowded with hun-
dreds of tiny eggs, on the glass and on other shells. Subsequent
check of these tg'g masses, and recovery of the (dead) empty larval
shells later, proves that this species has a pelagic larval stage in
its life history, as Thorson (Danish Sci. Investigations in Iran,
part II, pp. 225-227: 1940) has reported for the species Siplio-
narin sipho Sowerby, from the Persian Gulf. The larval shells
of pectinata resemble figure 30 F on p. 224 of Thorson's paper.
Does Siphonaria alternata (Say) have a pelagic stage, or does
the young individual crawl out of the tg'g mass, as Thorson
(loc. cit., pp. 227-229) has reported for S. kurracheensis Reeve?
Otherwise, why are the colonies of alternata apparently so
localized or restricted? In ecology, the two Florida species of
Siphonaria exactly parallel the two species studied by Thorson
in the Persian Gulf. S. alternata is found in the splash zone
near high tide line, and normally remains out of water for
hours at every tide interval. In direct contrast, the Siphonaria
pectinata live closer to low water mark, always wet in their
natural surroundings, and lay numerous eggs in soft, gelatinous
strings. Their larvae pass through a pelagic stage after hatching.

The south or oceanic shore of Plantation Key was visited
once. This slow shore had apparently been partly cleared at one
time by burning off the mangroves or other trees. Only a few
Tectarius muricatus (Linn^) and Littorina angulifera (Lamarck)
were to be found here on the stumps drifted up on the beach.

April, 1958 nautilus 123

Nearby, on and under boards, and a low shrubby plant mat,
Melampus were abundant on the lowest, most swampy part of
this shore line. Melampus coffeus (18) and M. bidentatus (156)
were here in about a 1 to 8.6 ratio. Both these species were
extremely active, about 5:00 p.m. just at dusk, after a rain, as
the tide was coming in. Empty shells of Ellobium pellucens
(Menke) were seen in the drift, but no living ones were dis-
covered before darkness and the mosquitoes necessitated a
retreat from this south shore.

Stops were made at several places on the way back to Wash-
ington, to look for Melampus and Detracia. The edge of the
(J. S. No. 1 highway embankment along a tributary of the
Halifax River, 2 miles south of Allandale, Volusia County,
Florida, yielded a few Melampus coffeus and M. bidentatus.
Nearby, under oyster shells, etc., on a fill, at the extreme high
tide level in this estuary, Truncatella pulchella Pfeiffer was
found in moderate abundance. How much further north along
the east coast of Florida, does M. coffeus live? A look at the
map indicates that it probably should be living naturally at
least as far as the north end of the Halifax River estuary
system, that is about 15 miles north of the city of Daytona
Beach. It is interesting to note that this Volusia County record
on the east coast is just about five miles south of the latitude
of the northernmost record of M. coffeus known to me from the
west coast of Florida. That is, Hemphill's record from the
Cedar Keys.

To the northward, at inlets along the road on St. Simon's
Island, Georgia; and south of Murrell's Inlet, South Carolina;
and south of Myrtle Beach, South Carolina, along route No.
17, the facies or aspect of the population of Melampus biden-
tatus Say is changed. The M. bidentatus in these marshes north
of Florida appear more uniform; the shells of any one popula-
tion seem much less variable both in size and color, than is
the case in the populations seen from the Florida Keys. In this
group, as in some others known, there possibly are more gen-
erations of Melampus per calendar year unit in the subtropical
climate of Florida in which M. cogens lives, than there are to
the northward in Chesapeake Bay, for example. With the same
rate of variation per generation, we might thus explain the

124 NAUTILUS Vol. 71 (4)

much greater observed variation of shells to be found in the
southern Florida populations. This change in the populations of
M. hidentatus seems to coincide with the geographic zone in
which M. cofjeus drops out of the picture, and the common
Chesapeake Bay littorinid Melaraphe irrorata (Say) shows up
in the marshes alongside hidentatus.

It will be interesting for collections to be made to determine
whether Melampus cogens is ecologically restricted to the range
of the white mangrove, Rhizophora mangle, which is known
from Brevard County, southward, or to the range of the black
mangrove, Avicennia nitida, which is known from St. Johns
and Levy counties, southward; as well as spots in Mississippi
and Texas.

At present writing, no specimens of Melampus coffeus are
known to me from the United States shores of the Gulf of
Mexico, westward of the Cedar Keys, Florida. All such records
in the literature that I have been able to trace, particularly
those from Texas, refer to M. hidentatus which has been mis-
identified.

The distinction of Melampus coffeus from M. hidentatus and
from Pira monile is easily made, because the sculpture of the
shell above the shoulder of the body-whorl is different in each
case. M. hidentatus possesses spiral incised lines on this part
of the shell (if not all the way up and down the body-whorl) .

M. coffeus has no such spiral incised lines on the spire or
the upper part of the body-whorl. Pira monile, on the other
hand, shows a single spiral row of epidermal setae, or pit-scars
after loss of the setae, in the middle of each whorl on the spire.

ADDITIONS TO TEXAS MARINE MOLLUSCA

By DONALD R. MOORE
Gulf Coast Research Laboratory, Ocean Springs, Mississippi

The marine mollusks of Texas probably have been studied
less than those of almost any other coastal region of the United
States. The opaque waters, the repetitious stretches of sandy
beach and the dearth of pretty collector's items probably have
had much to do with this lack of interest. However, some 450
species have been listed by various authors up to the present

April, 1958 nautilus 125

time. In 1952, a resume of all marine species reported from
Texas waters was published by T. E. Pulley. This paper is of
great value because it brings all records together in a systematic
list, and is a great time saver for any worker on Texas mollusks.

The species have notes on their occurrence from Pulley's own
observations, or else prior authorities are listed. Pulley also
corrected a number of errors of previous workers.

While at the Institute of Marine Science at Port Aransas,
Texas, I collected and observed mollusks in the vicinity of the
station. Unusually clear water in the summer of 1955 gave me
a chance to dive around the jetties and to observe the living
animals. Some of these species were not listed by Pulley, and
little information was available on others.

All the species discussed in this paper were collected in the
vicinity of Port Aransas. Most were collected by myself, but a
few were collected by other workers at the Institute of Marine
Science. This marine station is located on the southern shore of
Aransas Pass, a jettied inlet between the Gulf of Mexico and
Aransas Bay. The pass is an important ship channel, and is
maintained at a depth of over 30 feet. Near the Institute, the
bottom slopes down to a depth of about twenty feet within ap-
proximately 150 feet from the jetty. The bottom consists of
sand, and, where the engineers had dumped them, piles of lime-
stone rocks. One such pile, just east of the laboratory dock,
proved to be a prolific collecting ground.

Most of these rocks had many small holes over the surface,
and in each could be seen a velvet brown siphon. Small rocks
taken ashore and cracked open were found to be riddled with a
rock boring bivalve, Lithophaga hisulcata (Orbigny). Pulley
found this species in oyster shells in Aransas Bay where they
must have been very small and few in number. In the rocks
at Aransas Pass, however, they were quite large and extremely
numerous. Many specimens were close to 40 mm. in length,
and the largest measured 42 mm. Their burrows, 60 to 70 mm.
deep, were considerably larger in diameter deep within the
rock than at the surface. As a result, an apparently solid rock
when dropped on the concrete jetty cap would easily shatter.
Probably underwater limestone structures would not last long
in these waters.

126 NAUTILUS Vol. 71 (4)

Members of the family Arcidae are usually rendered incon-
spicuous by dull colors and a rough epidermis. The three species
found in Aransas Pass were no exception to this rule. The larg-
est and most common was Area iimbonata Lamarck. Pulley states
that fresh dead valves of this species have been found in this
locality, but as far as I know, no one has reported living speci-
mens from inshore waters before. Barbatia domingensis (La-
marck) , cited as Area retieulata Gmelin, was reported by Pulley
from the coral banks 50 to 100 miles offshore. This species is
smaller than A. umbonata, and was much less common. Living
specimens were found in the same general area as the preceding
species. A single live specimen of Barbatia eandida (Helbling)
made a new record for the Texas coast. All these species are
attached to rocks by a byssus.

Two species of Chamidae were found living cemented to
rocks. Only one Pseudoehama radians (Lamarck) was collected,
but it was a large, fully adult specimen indicating favorable
conditions for a considerable length of time. The other species,
Chama eongregata Conrad, was found to be more numerous,
but still rare. Neither genus has been reported from Texas
before.

A more common bivalve was Isogonum alata (Gmelin).
Rather small live specimens were collected from rocks along
the edge of the jetty.

Among the gastropods, Cantharus tinetus (Conrad) was to be
found everywhere, living on rocks and pilings. This species was
reported by Whitten et al in 1950. Before that, Dall and Strecker
had both listed it as occurring in Texas. However, Pulley said
it does not live in Texas.

A live specimen of Dnipa didyina Schwengel was something
of a surprise. This species was described in 1943 from the east
coast of Florida, and this is the first record from the Texas coast.

Another uncommon species was Monilispira leueoeyma (Dall).
One dead and two live specimens were collected from the rock
pile just east of the laboratory dock.

Faseiolaria distans Lamarck has been reported by Pulley as
living offshore in 15 to 30 fathoms. During the month of July,
1955, this species was fairly common. Most specimens were found
under rocks, but one was found crawling. A larger species of

April, 1958 nautilus 127

the same genus, Fasciolaria (Pleuroploca) gigantea Kiener, was
not as common. However, I found four live specimens one day.
They were not very large, 200 mm. to 250 mm., and were prob-
ably immature. Eggcases of this species commonly wash up on
the beach at Mustang Island during the summer months.

The sand bottom along the jetties was also examined. A small
venerid clam, Chione grus (Holmes), was taken alive. This
species was reported by Ladd, 1951, but not by Pulley. A live
Mangelia cerina (Kurtz and Stimpson) was also found. Ceri-
thiiim floridanum Morch and Nassarius ambiguiis (Pultney)
were represented by worn, dead specimens. Perhaps these last
two species were weathered out of Pleistocene deposits.

The presence of an oceanic pelagic pteropod in the Pass was
discovered in an odd way. The slender glasslike shells of Creseis
acicula Rang pierced my hand in numerous places while I was
changing strainers on the underwater intake pipe below the
laboratory dock. These animals had been drawn into the
strainer, and had been caught with the sharp pointed apical
end protruding. The weather for some time preceding had been
calm, the water clear, and Gulf water quite probably had moved
in almost to the beach. However, the pteropod invasion must
have been of short duration, for ideal conditions do not last
long on the Texas coast.

Among beach drift specimens collected by C. E. Dawson and
Henry Hildebrand, several were of more than ordinary interest.
Epitonium novangliae (Couthouy) is reported from Texas by
Clench and Turner in Johnsonia, 1952, but it is not on Pulley's
list. Several specimens were found.

A gastropod, Odostomia seminuda (C. B. Adams), was the
smallest specimen identified from beach drift. Odostomia en-
gonia Bush was scarcely larger. This last species has not been
reported from the Gulf before.

Several small bivalves were found imbedded in the tunic of a
tunicate washed up on the beach by March winds. All specimens
were of Modiolaria lateralis (Say), a moUusk often found asso-
ciated with tunicates. Very small specimens were found, a few
days later, attached to blocks of tar which had washed ashore.
This species has not been reported from Texas before.

It is impossible to say when the rock living species came into

128 NAUTILUS Vol. 71 (4)

the Pass, or where they came from. They probably lacked a
proper substratum before the Pass was jettied. Those species
with planktonic larvae probably moved in shortly after a hard
substrate was provided. Species hatching out as bottom crawlers,
such as Cantharus tinctus, would have to immigrate by mechani-
cal means (on ship bottoms, etc.), and would take longer to
settle. Whitten, in 1947, found only one specimen of C. tinctus;
I found this species to be quite common in 1955. Although our
collecting methods were admittedly different, this species pos-
sibly had just begun to establish itself, and was quite rare when
Whitten made his survey.

Most specimens mentioned above are in the collection of the
Gulf Coast Research Laboratory.

The following species are discussed in this paper: ^

Cerithium floridanum (D, R). Not reported before.
Epitonium novangliae (D, R), Not listed by Pulley; reported

in Johnsonia.
Odostomia engonia (D, R). Not reported before.
Odostomia seminuda (D, R). Not reported before.
Sistrum didymum (A, R). Not reported before.
Fasciolaria distans (A, R). Reported by Pulley as living offshore

in 15 to 30 fathoms.
Fasciolaria gigantea (A, R). Live specimens not reported before.
Nassarius ambiguus (D, R). Not reported before.
Cantharus tinctus (A, C). Reported before, but Pulley states

that it does not live in Texas.
Mangelia cerina (A, R). Pulley lists it as reported by Singley.
Monilispira leucocyma (A, R). Not reported before.
Creseis acicula (A, R). Reported before. Pulley states that it

is a pelagic species that probably lives offshore.
Area umbonata (A, C). Fresh dead shells reported by Pulley.
Barbatia Candida (A, R). Not reported before.
Barbatia domingensis (A, R). Reported by Pulley from 50 to

100 miles offshore.
Lithophaga bisulcata (A, C). Reported by Pulley from oyster

shell.
Modiolaria lateralis (A, R). Not reported before.
Isogonum alata (A, R). Not reported before.
Chama congregata (A, R). Not reported before.
Pseudochama radians (A, R). Not reported before.
Chione grus (A, R). Reported by Ladd, but not by Pulley.
Dentalium eboreum (D, R). Not reported before.

1 A, alive. C, common. D, dead. R, rare.

April, 1958 nautilus 129

Literature Cited

Clench, W. J. and R. Turner. 1952. Johnsonia 2 (31):289-356.
Ladd, H. S. 1952. Publ. Inst. Mar. Sci., 2 (1): 125-163.
Pulley, T. E. 1952. Texas Jr. Sci. 4 (2): 167-199.
Whitten, H. L., H. F. Rosene & J. W. Hedgpeth. 1950. Publ.
Inst. Mar. Sci. 1. (2): 53-87.

STUDIES ON MOLLUSK POPULATIONS: Illa^

By R. STOHLER
Department of Zoology, University of California, Berkeley

Dall (1871, p. 130) described a variety of Chlorostoma brun-
neum (Philippi) and gave it the name fliictuatum. The whorls
of this new variety were said to be "marked with oblique,
prominent, rounded, short riblets." No type was designated
nor was a type locality mentioned.

Almost 50 years later, Dall (1919) described a new variety of
Ch. hrunneum, but named it fluctuosum. Monterey, California,
is given as the type locality and the type lot is U. S. National
Museum Cat. No. 60055. The sculpture is described as "well-
marked obliquely protractive ribs to the number of 18 or 20
on the last whorl, reaching from the suture nearly to the periph-
ery." Dall further states that the variety is less elevated than
the typical specimens and that the suture is more depressed.
Neither of the two descriptions is accompanied by figures.

The variant of the common brown turban shell of the Pacific
coast may be found, in varying proportions, in almost any
population of this species. Several careful collections were made
by this writer in different California localities by picking up
every snail that, through foam-sprayed bifocal glasses, appeared
to be a Tegula hrunnea; shells inhabited by hermit crabs were,
however, immediately discarded. In each case, before leaving the
collecting area, each animal was carefully examined and an
accurate count was made; the typical specimens were returned
to tide pools and all individuals showing the variation to any
extent, were retained and later preserved.

In the accompanying table are given the numbers and per-
centages thus found. The percentages are calculated to indicate

1 An abstract of this paper has been published (1955) .

Total

No. of

No.

var. (%)

7 (9.09)

15(18.99)

548

48 (8.76)

3 (4.05)

20(28.57)

130 NAUTILUS Vol. 71 (4)

how many variants were obtained in each hundred specimens
collected.

Lat.

North Locality & County

38°48' Havens Neck, Mendocino

38°34' Salt Point, Sonoma

37° 12' Pigeon Point, San Mateo

3G°32i/o' Mission Point, Monterey

36°27i/^' Point Soberanes,

The two last localities deserve, perhaps, special attention:
the populations collected are nearly identical in size but the
number of the variants reach here the extremes of the entire
series; yet the two localities are only a few miles apart and the
general features of the environment are, as far as is apparent,
identical, which seems to rule out ecological factors.

Another point, which cannot be shown in any table, needs
special mention, namely the fact that in any group of the vari-
ant (such as that obtained at Salt Point or Point Soberanes, but
particularly the larger group from Pigeon Point) there is to be
observed almost every possible intermediate form between the
typical smooth brunnea and the extreme variant form. This
alone would suffice, as pointed out in an earlier paper of this
series (Stohler, 1950) , to relegate the variety fiuctuosa (Dall)
to the synonymy of Tegula brunnea (Philippi) .

However, if specimens exhibiting the sculpture described by
Dall are compared with typical specimens of Tegula aureo-
tincta (Forbes) a striking similarity between the two becomes
apparent (cf. figs. 1 and 2) . This similarity has convinced the
writer that we are dealing with a case of parallel evolution.
Presumably, closely related species have a great number of genes
in common, whatever the concept of the gene may be; in fact,
it might be stated that the more closely related two species are,
the greater number of like genes they possess. In parallel evo-
lution, corresponding genes in different species undergo similar
mutation trends and the consequent end results would be that
the species are more similar to each other than before.

In the genus Tegula, several series of shell characters may be
regarded as the expression of such parallel evolutionary trends;
among them might be considered the presence — or absence,
whichever did not occur first — of an open umbilicus, and, of
course, the sculpture of the shell. In T. aureotincta the char-

NAUTILUS 71 (4)

PLATE 10

1, a-c, Tegula aureociiicta (Forbes). Palos Verdes Point, Los Angeles
County, June 23, 1948. 2, a-c. T. brunnea (Philippi) . Pigeon Point, San
Mateo County, April 29, 1955. 3. a-c. T. pulligo fMartyn) . Salt Point, Sonoma
County, May 24, 1955. All xl-

Erratum: On pi. 10 and p. 131, change Tegula pulligo
(Martyn) to T. pulligo (Gmelin) . — R. Stohler.

April, 1958 nautilus 131

acter, described by Dall as a variety in T. hrunnea, is typical for
the species. In T. brunnea, on the other hand, it seems to be a
mutation that may or may not eventually replace the smooth
shell form; in other California species, as far as is known at
present, this character is extremely rare or lacking entirely.

The idea that the "fluctuosa" character is what may be called
a parallel-evolutionary trait receives support from the fact that
at the time the group at Salt Point was collected, there were
picked up actually a total of 81 "T. brunnea" animals; but dur-
ing examination at the shore, as described above, there were
found among these two T. pulligo (Martyn) one of which also
exhibits the same "fiuctuosa" character (see fig. 3).

It is considered that the phenomenon of parallel evolution,
as discussed here, adds to the validity of placing the "varietal"
names fluctuatum Dall and fiuctuosa Dall into the synonymy of
Tegula brunnea (Philippi).

The shells figured in plate 10 were collected by the writer
and are preserved in the collection of the Department of Zoology,
University of California, in Berkeley. The drawings were made
by Mrs. Emily Reid, staff artist.

Literature Cited

Dall, William H. 1871. Am. Jour. Conch., 7 (2) : 93-160, pis.
13-16.

. 1919. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 56: 293-371.

Stohler, R. 1950. Naut., 64 (2): 47-51.

. 1955. Am. Rept. Am. Malac. Union Bull. 22 (abstract).

MARINE SHELLS OF ILLINOIS INDIAN SITES

By PAUL W. PARMALEE

Sixteen years have elapsed since a summary of marine shells
found in Indian sites in Illinois has been presented (Baker,
1941). During these intervening years, archaeologists have un-
covered additional quantities of shells which have not only
added to the list of species identified but also to the knowledge
of the different Indian cultures and the importance that mol-
lusks played in their daily lives. Probably Dr. Frank C. Baker,
former Director, Museum of Natural History, University of

132 NAUTILUS Vol. 71 (4)

Illinois, Urbana, did more in the manner of identifying speci-
mens, interpreting data and stimulating interest in this aspect
of conchology than any other individual in Illinois.

All Indian sites in Illinois are, or were located along some
body of water and, as evidenced by the quantities of fresh-
water mussel remains found in midden deposits and village
refuse heaps, these mollusks provided an abundant source of
food that was normally available, easily obtainable and un-
limited. As an indicator of agricultural activity, the values of
some of the larger and heavier species (e.g., blue-point, Amblema
peruviana; washboard, Megalonaias gigantea) were drilled and
evidently used as hoes, these often being encountered in Hope-
well (500 B.C.-1200 A.D.) and Middle Mississippi (1200-1550
A.D.) village sites. Crushed mussel shell was used as temper
material in making pottery (primarily Middle Mississippi cul-
ture), and often valves were cut and fashioned into pendants,
spoons, dishes (?), rattles and various other ornaments and
utensils (Cole and Deuel, 1937; Deuel, 1952, et al.). Freshwater
snails, especially Anculosa sp., were often used as beads.

Marine mollusks occasionally are found in association with
Archaic sites (8000-2000 B.C.?) and somewhat more abundantly
in Hopewell, but not until the apparent establishment of
efficient trade routes or collecting parties by the Middle Missis-
sippi culture do they appear in any quantity. Apparently the
marine species were especially prized by prehistoric groups
occupying the midwest region and from these shells they manu-
factured a variety of spoons, pendants, dippers and beads of
numerous types. Without exception, the greatest quantity and
number of species found in any site in Illinois thus far have
been at Cahokia, an extensive Middle Mississippi site in the
East St. Louis area (Madison and St. Clair counties) bordering
the Mississippi River.

The single most comprehensive work on Cahokia was done
by Moorehead (1929) and included an appendix section by
F. C. Baker, which also appeared separately (Baker, 1923).
Numerous illustrations and descriptions of both freshwater
and marine species appeared in the works of Moorehead (1929),
Titterington (1938), and Baker (1941). From September through
December, 1956, Mr. Gregory Perino, Thomas Gilcrease Foun-

April, 1958 nautilus 133

dation, Tulsa, Oklahoma, excavated approximately one acre
of the Cahokia village. All bone and shell was given to the
author for identification and analysis; the quantity and variety
of species encountered serve as a basis for this report.

Acknowledgments: I would like to express my gratitude to
Mr. Gregory Perino and the Thomas Gilcrease Foundation,
Tulsa, for their kindness in giving me the faunal material from
Cahokia as well as permission to use the data. I am especially
grateful to Dr. Henry van der Schalie, Museum of Zoology,
University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, and to Dr. Joseph P. E.
Morrison, Division of MoUusks, U. S. National Museum, Wash-
ington, for their kindness in identifying certain specimens. Com-
mon and scientific names have been taken from "American
Seashells" by R. Tucker Abbott.

Rangia cuneata (Gray) Common Rangia

Baker (1941) refers to three valves of this species that were
found in the James Ramey Mound (Cahokia). An additional
four specimens were recovered in the village midden debris at
Cahokia during the 1956 excavations by Mr. Perino. Apparently
marine clams were not particularly favored judging from their
scarcity at sites in comparison with the quantity of gastropods.

DiNocARDiuM sp. Cockle

A small section of a cockle was found by Mr. Perino at Ca-
hokia. Specific identification is impossible but considering thick-
ness and the scalloped margin, it was a portion of a large valve,
quite possibly a species of Dinocardium. A similar margin frag-
ment was found by George and Ethel Schoenbeck at the Steuben
Site (Hopewell), Marshall County.

Macrocallista nimbosa (Solander) Sunray venus

The left valve of an adult specimen was encountered in a
refuse pit near Cahokia Mound No. 34 by Mr. Perino. Although
this species normally possesses a glossy-smooth shell, the pol-
ished appearance of the shell, faint scratch lines and apparent
smoothing of the posterior margin point to the fact that it had
been worked and possibly used as a spoon or other utensil.
None of the valves of R. cuneata showed signs of having been
worked and their use by the Indian is open to question.

134 NAUTILUS Vol. 71 (4)

Strombus pugilis Linne West Indian fighting conch

Strombus alatus Gmelin Florida fighting conch

A single, unbroken large specimen and a fragment of the
upper whorls of another, "apparently worked for an ear or nose
ornament," were found in the James Ramey Mound (Cahokia)
and listed as Strombus pugilis alatus Gmelin by Baker (1941).
Six additional specimens, 5. alatus, were found during the 1956
excavations, four in a single large refuse pit that also con-
tained 190 individuals of Busy con perversum. One still exhib-
ited portions of the brownish epidermis. This conch is rare in
Illinois sites and apparently was little used for specific purposes,
with one exception as noted above.

LiTTORiNA IRRORATA (Say) Marsh periwinkle

There is one record of a single specimen that was found in
the James Ramey Mound at Cahokia (Baker, 1923). Quite
possibly this small snail, common in the brackish water marshes
of northern Florida, was accidently (or incidentally) collected
by the Indian and transported inland. Apparently this peri-
winkle was not preferred, as was the case of Marginella for
beads, since it is an abundant and easily obtainable moUusk.

Phalium granulatum (Born) Scotch bonnet

A section of the outer lip of this species was found in a
refuse pit in the Cahokia village by Mr. Perino. This shell
fragment is evidently the first record of P. granulatum from
Illinois Indian sites and, as apparently is the case with other
forms represented by only one or a very few specimens, probably
was collected incidentally to the preferred species.

Cassis madagascariensis Lamark Emperor helmet

As Baker (1929) pointed out, "Two large and characteristic
species of Mollusca occur in the Hopewell group that are absent
from the Cahokia group, Cassis madagascariensis, and Cypraea
exanthema. This may indicate a different trade route, perhaps
with different tribes, because these shells would appeal to the
aboriginal mind on account of their size and striking appearance
as well as attractive colors, . . ." 1 he emperor helmet has been
recorded (Baker, 1941) from Calhoun County (two specimens
in the Mus. Nat. Hist., Univ. of 111., Urbana); fragments were

April, 1958 nautilus 135

found in the Ogden Mound of the Liverpool group near Lewis-
town, Fulton County and a single shell was removed from
Mound No. 1 of the Montezuma Group in Pike County.

A complete Cassis shell vessel was found with a Hopewell
burial near Oakford, Menard County, about 1932 by a local
farmer. Although the shell was later sold to a private buyer, the
Illinois State Museum first obtained photographs of the speci-
men. The most recent record is that of a shell removed from a
Hopewell mound (Bedford Mound No. 9) near Bedford, Pike
County, during the 1955 summer excavations by Mr. Perino for
the Thomas Gilcrease Foundation.

MuREX POMUM Gmelin Apple Murex

Baker (1941) refers to a specimen which was found with a
burial in a Hopewell mound (Rose Mound, No. 13) in Schuyler
County. The shell was apparently in poor condition but a
drilled hole near the anterior canal indicated that it had been
used as a pendant or ornament.

Thais haemastoma floridana (Conrad) Florida rock shell
A single, partially broken, large specimen was recovered dur-
ing Mr. Perino's work at Cahokia in 1956. Apparently this com-
mon Florida species had not been found previously in other
mounds or village sites in Illinois and of what use, if any, it
may have been to the Indian is questionable since the shell
bore no signs of having been worked.

BusYcoN PERVERsuM (Linnc) Perverse whelk

The perverse whelk is, without exception, the most abun-
dant large marine gastropod recovered from Illinois Indian
sites thus far, and it has been found in association with all three
major cultural groups (Archaic, Hopewell, Middle Mississippi).
This shell evidently was prized highly, judging by the quantity
that has been found and the variety of uses to which it has been
put. In the case of the Hopewell Indian (Deuel, 1952; et al.),
the shell dippers, made by removing the central axis or colum-
ella, were buried in mounds with the dead. Possibly because
they were more difficult to obtain since there were fewer or less
well-established trade routes, the earlier Hopewell prized these
whelks even more than the later Mississippi people. Rarely if

136 NAUTILUS Vol. 71 (4)

ever are complete, or even fragments, of marine shells found
in midden debris and refuse pits in Hopewell villages, while
remains of them are often abundant in Middle Mississippi vil-
lage areas (e.g., Cahokia).

No site in Illinois has yielded such a tremendous number
of B. pei'versum as has Cahokia. Although dippers were made
from this species by Middle Mississippi people, they were prob-
ably sought more for their use in the manufacture of ornaments,
beads and other objects. At Cahokia disk beads, cut from the
whorls, were abundant as well as sections of the axis that had
been drilled lengthwise. Complete small and medium-sized
shells were drilled and evidently worn as pendants, as were
numerous pieces that had been cut into a variety of shapes and
sizes. Mr. Perino recovered nearly 300 identifiable specimens
of B. perversum during his 1956 excavations at Cahokia and a
large number of sections and fragments that are probably assign-
able to this species.

BusYCON CARICA (Gmelin) Knobbed whelk

Baker (1941) points out that the shell illustrated in Moore-
head (1929), plate XXXI V, fig. 2, "appears more like a re-
versed carica than a specimen of perversum." Because of altera-
tion by working and/or the fragmentary state of many shells,
it would be difficult to distinguish B. carica. A few specimens
have been identified from Cahokia (Moorehead, 1929, plate
XXIV, fig. 16) but apparently it never was collected in any
quantity.

BusYcoN CANALicuLATUM (Linn^) Channeled whelk

One small (3 inch) shell was removed from a refuse pit dur-
ing the excavations at Cahokia in October, 1956. It had not
been recorded previously from Indian sites in the state and,
again, may have been collected incidental to preferred species.
The absence of such generally common species may be explained
on the basis of local collection points, i.e., possibly the Indians
located areas where preferred species (such as B. perversum)
were abundant and although a variety of other species occurred
in the area and were collected, they were not taken in signifi-
cant numbers.

April, 1958 nautilus 137

BusYCON spiRATUM (Lamarck) Pear whelk

Eight adult specimens of this rather delicate and thin-shelled
whelk were encountered in the village midden debris at Ca-
hokia by Mr. Perino. None of these shells showed signs of having
been worked or used, although the single specimen removed
from the James Ramey Mound had been drilled and apparently
used as a pendant (Baker, 1941).

Fasciolaria tulipa (Linne) True tulip

A single, somewhat weathered specimen of a relatively large
individual was recovered from a refuse pit by Mr. Perino near
Cahokia Mound No. 34. Because of its only partially complete
condition specific determination is difficult, but the shell com-
pared most closely with F. tulipa. There is no evidence as to
its use by the Indian.

Fasciolaria hunteria (Perry) Banded tulip

Baker (1941) refers to a single shell of this common western
Florida snail {F. distans Lamarck) occurring in the James
Ramey Mound at Cahokia. Apparently no additional specimens
have been recovered in the ensuing years since 1922.

Pleuroploca gigantea (Kiener) Florida horse conch

A young specimen, portions of a moderately sized individual,
a whorl section from an adult shell and a section of columella
of an animal approximately 15-18 inches in length were found
in the midden deposit at Cahokia by Mr. Perino. A portion of
the axis of this large marine snail was encountered in the
James Ramey Mound (Baker, 1941). None of these remains bore
evidence of having been utilized as pendants, utensils or
other artifacts.

Prunum apicinum (Menke) Common Atlantic marginella

Although Mr. Perino encountered only one shell of this species
during his four months of excavation, they have been found
in considerable numbers at Cahokia (Baker, 1941), late Wood-
land sites in Jersey County (Illinois State Museum collection:
specimens donated by Dr. P. F. Titterington, St. Louis) and
elsewhere. This small snail was used primarily for making
beads, the side of the shell being ground until the body cavity

138 NAUTILUS Vol. 71 (4)

was exposed; this and the natural opening served for threading
the beads. Several thousand specimens, forming a large blanket
which covered a burial, was found in Powell Mound No. 1
at Cahokia. Beads made from this species were encountered
with burials at the Dickson Mound Cemetery (Middle Missis-
sippi), Fulton County.

Oliva sayana Ravenel Lettered olive

Numerous specimens were encountered in Powell Mound No.
2 and a single individual in the James Ramey Mound (Baker,
1941). The spire had been removed from the Ramey Mound
specimen, possibly for use as a pendant, but those from the
Powell Mound showed no evidence of having been utilized. A
single set of approximately 134 "Olivella" beads (O. sayana)
were found with a burial at the Dickson Mound Cemetery,
Fulton County.

Olivella jaspidea (Gmelin) Jasper dwarf olive

Approximately 85 specimens of this small snail from south-
eastern Florida were found in the Morton Mound (F°14, Mid-
dle Mississippi) in Fulton County (Cole and Deuel, 1937).
The apex had been perforated and the shells apparently strung
as beads. Titterington (1935, pi. 8, fig. c) found 33 shell beads
with a burial uncovered in a western Jersey County mound.

Cancellaria reticulata (Linne) Common nutmeg

A central axis from this common Florida snail was found in
Powell Mound No. 2 at Cahokia. Baker (1941) states that "It
was cut so as to show to advantage the spiral plaits or ridges
on the columella and its use was doubtless as an ornament,
possibly as a pendant for a necklace of Marginellas."

Summary

Marine mollusks, especially the gastropods, were highly fav-
ored by the prehistoric Indians of Illinois and they were used
in the manufacture of dippers, spoons, drills, beads, pendants
and other ornaments and utensils. Although marine shells have
been encountered in Archaic sites, and somewhat more com-
monly in the later Hopewell Culture (primarily Busycon per-
versum dippers) , the greatest number and variety of species

xNAUTlLUS 71 (4)

PLATE 11

Conns bermudensis, shells

NAUTILUS 71 (4)

PLATE 12

Conns bermudensis, radula

April, 1958 nautilus 139

have been found in Middle Mississippi sites.

During the last four months of 1956, Mr. Gregory Perino,
Thomas Gilcrease Foundation, Tulsa, excavated nearly one acre
of the Cahokia village in Madison County, Illinois. From the
tremendous quantity of bone and shell removed, approximately
325 specimens of marine mollusks were identified and 6 of the
1 1 species determined from this sample had not been previously
reported from sites in Illinois. The forms new to Illinois sites
are: Dinocardium sp., Macrocallista nimbosa, Phaliiim granu-
latum, Thais haemastoma floridana, Busycon canaliculatum and
Fasciolaria tulipa.

Literature Cited

Baker, Frank C. 1923. Trans. 111. State Acad. Sci., 16, pp. 328-
334.

. 1941. Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc, 32, part 2, pp. 51-77.

Cole, Fay-Cooper and Thorne Deuel. 1937. Rediscovering Illi-
nois. Univ. Chicago Press, 295 pp.

Deuel, Thorne. 1952. 111. State Mus., Sci. Papers, 5, 271 pp.

Moorehead, Warren K. 1929. Univ. 111. Bull., 26, No. 4, 176 pp.

Titterington, P. F. 1935. Amer. Antiquity, 1, pp. 6-46.

. 1938. The Cahokia mound group and its village site

materials. Published by author, 40 pp.

REPORT ON CONUS BERMUDENSIS CLENCH

By T. R. a. NIELSEN

Dr. Clench in Johnsonia (Vol. 1, No. 6, pp. 34-35) described
a new species of cone from Bermuda, however I feel that the
following report will add greatly to the available information
on this interesting shell. This report is based on my findings
over a three year period of diving, collecting and study, during
which time I have collected about three hundred specimens both
living and dead.

So far as is known, Conus hermudensis (pi. 11) occurs only in
Bermudan waters and has been found living in water up to
thirty-five feet in depth (deeper waters have not yet been
explored due to difficult dredging conditions) and is to be found
only in harbor waters and not in the open sea. The specimens
upon which this report is based were collected by the author

140 NAUTILUS Vol. 71 (4)

in the following areas: Grace Island, Spanish Point, Hawkins
Island, north side of Long Island and Two Rock Passage.

Conus bermudensis prefers a shell-mud bottom fairly thickly
overgrown with long marine grasses and is usually found partly
buried so that only part of the shell is visible to the swim-
ming collector.

During the late summer (Aug.) Conus bermudensis is often
to be found in pairs (sometimes in threes) adhering to each
other which may indicate that this is their breeding season.
Living specimens of this shell are fairly easy to obtain in a
few small areas, but perfect specimens (from a fussy collector's
standpoint) are very rare; usually the shells are badly worn.

Two distinct color forms exist; one is pale pink with blotches
of darker pink or even brick red, and the other is pale orange
with blotches of darker orange or even rusty orange. These
two color forms never merge and one can easily differentiate
between them. I would like to note here that both color forms
can be found in a bed of these shells, indicating perhaps a
sexual difference rather than a racial one. The orange color
form seems to be much harder to obtain than the pink form. I
also wish to note that on two occasions I have taken a pure
white specimen, but these were not albinos.

Sculpturing on mature specimens consists of seven to ten
incised lines covering the lower third of the shell and often
very faintly over the rest of the body whorl, however young
shells often display heavy grooving over the entire length of
the body whorl and sometimes these grooves were broken to
form heavy beading.

The operculum is very small, being only about 1/1 6th the
length of the aperture and is roughly oval in shape. It is very
thin and light brown or tan in color.

The perioscutum is thin and opaque and rusty brown in
color, but is usually badly worn in mature specimens.

The radular teeth are very tiny, each being about .23 mm.
long, and are of the usual barbed, harpoon-like kind found in
most of the Conidae (Plate 12, fig. 4, x 300).

Early morning collecting disclosed that Conus bermudensis
feeds on annelid worms, which the cone finds just under the
surface of the mud-shell sea-bed.

April, 1958 nautilus 141

The shells in plate 1 1 range from 35 mm. to 47 mm. in height.
From left to right in each row, the figured shells may be de-
scribed as follows:

Top row: typical, slightly coronate, typical and typical. Mid-
dle row: rounded, pure white, typical and a freak. Bottom
row: orange, orange, high-spired pink and low-spired pink.

LAND SNAIL DISPERSAL

By H. BURRINGTON BAKER

This will deal largely with generalities. Generalities do exist
in taxonomic problems, although generalizations or general
laws usually are very dangerous.

The first question to ask is: What is a land snail? The answer
is that there is not any such thing. In fact, one might say that
no such thing as a land animal exists. For example, you readers,
who undoubtedly consider yourselves land inhabitants, actually
see under water, hear under water, breathe under water and
carry on all your life processes in dilute salt water. You are
able to live on land only because you make tanks of yourselves;
in other words, you really are perambulating aquaria.

But, as compared to you, the land snails are very inefficient
and leaky tanks. None can live actively except in the presence
of water or in humidity rather near the dew point. But mollusks
do have remarkable powers of aestivation, and, some land snails
can exist in a semidormant state during dry periods for at
least as long as 5 years. They are able to do this because they
have in their shells reserve supplies of CaCOg (calcite or arago-
nite) to which they can add, or from which they can subtract
relatively large quantities during their growing or adult life-
times. In order to prevent asphyxiation during dry periods,
they dissolve CaCOg, even to the extent of making holes in
their shells, in order to buffer the CO2 (acid) content of their
blood. This is correlated with the fact that most desert snails
are calcophiles (prefer limestone). The reverse of this is also
true; snails can live better than most animals where CaCOg
is superabundant, because they can secrete that excess of lime
into their shells.

In this brief consideration of land snail distribution, paired

142 NAUTILUS Vol. 71 (4)

extremes will be discussed under four headings, as follows:

DISPERSAL CHANCE BARRIERS EVOLUTION

automotive -> large numbers (laws) ->- ecolo^ic ->- major taxons

adventitious ->- small numbers (luck) ->- zoogeographic ->- speciation

By automotive dispersal, progression of the snails by their
own efforts is meant. Although the foot of some snails has mus-
cular waves of contractions which help them to travel, none
walks like you do; all snails actually swim with the beating of
microscopic hair-like processes, called cilia, on the sole of the
foot. Thus a land snail really swims over the land, along a
little river of slime, which it secretes as it goes forward, largely
from a hole at the head end of its foot. For these reasons, snail
species are proverbially slow, but, in the hundreds of thousands
of years of their history, they might get anywhere in the world,
if some barrier did not stop them.

The other extreme in dispersal is adventitious or accidental
carriage by other means, e.g., by birds, by hurricanes, etc. Of
course it also includes introduction by man, but this usually
is called artificial, as opposed to natural dispersal. Natural
adventitious dispersal, of course, takes place very rarely, which
means that small numbers are involved. In this connection,
you should remember that the land snails of the Pulmonata
have a great advantage over most animals, for example, over
most operculate land snails, because they are hermaphroditic,
that is, each animal has both male and female organs and can
fertilize its own eggs. Thus, in such hermaphrodites, the acci-
dental transport of one juvenile individual might start a new
colony. On the other hand, in order to establish a species with
separate sexes, at least a young male and a female must be intro-
duced simultaneously; in fact, one can prove mathematically that
still larger numbers probably would be required. To illustrate
this by a hypothetic case, suppose that the chances are a million
to one against the arrival of one animal by accidental transport
in a given time period — say one year, which would mean one
might expect several during the last geologic era. Then the
chances would be 2 billion to 1 against the simultaneous but
independent arrivals of two animals of opposite sexes — 2 mil-
lion times as great, which would not allow enough time since
the beginning of the better known geologic eras in the Cambrian.

This naturally leads up to the difference between large and

April, 1958 nautilus 143

small number chance. Of course, automotive dispersal, since it
takes place over a broad front or periphery, involves large num-
bers, while adventitious transport is rare and may be limited to a
single individual.

The rather fundamental difference between large and small
number chance may be exemplified by throws of a die — one of
the pair of cubes used in "craps" or backgammon. As you know,
each die has 6 sides with numbers of spots from 1 to 6. If you
throw a die many times, you can predict with mathematic accu-
racy that 1/6 of the throws will result in one spots (e.g., 6000
throws means 1000 ± 31.6). On the other hand, if you throw
a die only once, no one can prophesy that you will get an ace. In
fact, mathematically speaking, the same is true of 4 throws, be-
cause 4 throws are not significantly different from none. Even 9
throws would only reach the borderline of careful mathematic
significance. Small number chance is luck, pure and simple.

Thus, although automotive dispersal may be defined in terms
of general laws, this is not true of adventitious transport. The
accidental arrival of one species and the absence of another may
be a matter of sheer luck. Thus, in any one case, even though
my hypothetic hermaphrodite geophile had an advantage of 2
million to one, an operculate snail, with separate sexes, just
might happen to be 2 million times as lucky, and be the one to
get transported.

In time, dispersal means that each species would occur every-
where unless it be stopped by barriers, which also have two ex-
tremes, which I am calling ecologic and zoogeographic. Since the
distinction between these two is a matter of semantics, I must
define my terms. As used here, an ecologic barrier is one that
involves only one gradient, in some climatic, physiographic or
biologic factor, or complex of factors; it is readily crossed by
ecesis, e.g., by slight gradual adaptation to changed conditions
during automotive dispersal. On the other hand, I mean by a
zoogeographic barrier one that involves two opposing gradients,
the crossing of which almost always requires sporadic adventi-
tious transport. Before proceeding, let me emphasize that the
difference between them is not a matter of distance. As defined
here, either may include thousands of miles, or, in some cases of
land snails, distances of much less than a mile.

144 NAUTILUS Vol. 71 (4)

An example, of a large scale climatic gradient which provides
ecologic barriers, would be shown by a map which is one of a
series which I based on the records of the U. S. Weather Bureau.
So far as I am aware, no similar maps ever have been pub-
lished. It represents the distribution in the U. S. of one aspect
of temperature: The length of the growing season. Each of
the 13 color zones represents a difference of 30 days, — from
less than a month between killing frosts on the summits of
the Rockies to more than 360 days (practically without frost)
in the Florida keys and along the coast near San Diego.
Although they represent actual barriers to migration, the lines
between these color zones, as you know, are arbitrary; actually
the map should show a gradual gradient of color from north (or
high altitudes) to sea level in the south. Also, since the data
mapped are means over many years, they do not represent the
conditions of any extreme year. This means any zone may be
much farther north in a hot year and more to the south in a cold
one. These conditions assist ecesis, in adaptation to cooler or
warmer temperatures. Of course, since the spread of a species by
ecesis takes place over a broad front by automotive dispersal, it
involves large numbers and general laws.

For examples of zoogeographic barriers on a large scale, I have
two other maps; one represents mean annual rainfall, and the
other the seasons in which precipitation exceeds 2 inches a
month. In each, there are three zones, which run roughly from
north to south and at right angles to the temperature zones, and
in which the precipitation is high and sufficient throughout the
year. These zones are in eastern U. S., the Rocky Mts., and along
the Pacific coast. These three humid zones are separated by two
regions of lower rainfall, which involve two opposing gradients
of decrease and increase. Thus a land snail of humid eastern
U. S., in order to reach the Rockies, would have to adapt itself
down a gradient of decreasing wetness, and then reverse ecesis
and climb up one of increasing humidity. Animals almost never
cross such opposing gradients by automotive dispersal and ecesis.
Adventitious transport is the method necessary and this involves
small numbers, perhaps only single individuals, and sheer luck.
For land snails, the double gradients into the prairies and steppes
of middle U. S. have formed a zoogeographic barrier which has

April, 1958 nautilus 145

prevented automotive dispersal more effectually than has the
Pacific Ocean.

A fourth map represents an attempt to combine the formulae
given, but never plotted, by C. Hart Merriam (1898) with data
on seasonal rainfall corrected for temperature in the north. It
shows the temperature zones and also shows (more accurately
because of this correction) the humid and dry areas.

These dry zones form the boundaries of W. G. Binney's (1878)
and Pilsbry's (1948) major regions of North America. Of course,
such maps of regions represent generalities rather than general
laws, because their boundaries should not be lines but 2 broad
zones of opposing gradients, and also because they only apply to
southern snails which are not tolerant to cold. Both arid zones
pinch out north of the U. S. and represent no zoogeographic bar-
riers to cold-resistant snails. Such species as Retinella electrina,
R. binneyana and Zonitoides arhoreus extend across the conti-
nent, as do the genera Vitrina, Striatura and Discus. But a
southern snail, in order to get around at the north would need
to cross double gradients of temperature.

One is apt to think of oceans as the only zoogeographic barriers
to land animals. Of course, these also involve two opposing
gradients: down from land to water and up from sea water to
land. As you know, 3 major groups of mammals, the seals, sea
cows, and whales, have slid down the single gradient from land
to ocean and become adapted in various degrees to marine life.
But no mammal ever has crossed by automotive dispersal and
ecesis; these marine mammals have produced no terrestrial de-
rivatives.

For concrete cases of zoogeographic barriers, with the sporadic-
ity and pure luck of adventitious transport, I shall cite two ex-
amples. One of these does involve 2 or 3 thousand miles of open
ocean, but the other deals with a distance of about half a mile.
Both are fundamentally similar.

The first case is that of 5 Hawaiian genera of limacoids from
the Nearctic (N.A.) or Holarctic: Vitrina, Striatura, Retinella,
Euconulus and Godwinia. In my study (1941) of Pacific lima-
coids, the hypothesis was advanced that they probably were car-
ried by migrating birds. In any case, they evidently arrived by
adventitious transport for 2 reasons: 1) Their differences in dif-

146 NAUTILUS Vol. 71 (4)

ferentiation, that indicate they arrived at widely divergent times.
2) The luck that these 5 were the only arrivals.

In regard to the first, these differences may be shown as follows:

Vitrina. Apparently no specific differences between V. tenella
from Hawaii and V. alaskana from western N.A.; incidentally
the Hawaiian name is prior. Probably Vitrina is the latest immi-
grant.

Striatiira. At least 2 endemic Hawaiian species.

Retinella. Hawaiian species 3, which form a poorly marked,
typical section of the subgenus Nesovitrea, to which our R. elec-
trina belongs.

Euconidus. Hawaiian species belong to the very distinct sub-
genus Nesoconulus.

Godwinia. A genus limited to Hawaii with 2 subgenera, al-
though it is most closely related to the Mexican Patulopsis (in
our genus Mesomphix) . Possibly Godwinia has been longest in
Hawaii.

To take up the second reason: Since only 5 genera arrived, and
perhaps only 5 animals, this is evidently a case of small number
chance. As for the proof, why did these 5 taxons reach Hawaii,
while such genera of small snails as Hawaiia, Zonitoides, Pristi-
loma and Discus did not? The first 2 certainly can live in Hawaii
since they have been introduced by man. In this connection,
Vitrina would appear to be the luckiest of them all, since it can
only live at high altitudes in Hawaii, and the migratory birds
are mainly shore species. Evidently the arrivals of all 5 genera
were simple luck.

My other case involves calcophile snails on limestone and
sandstone around the Cumberland escarpment of eastern Ten-
nessee and northern Alabama. These out-crops are separated
from each other by zoogeographic barriers, which exhibit 2 op-
posing gradients: from limestone to less calcareous soils in the
valleys and back up to rock on the next outcrop. The most
startling example I have seen consisted of 2 limestone outcrops
around the cave-sources of Battle Creek, near Dove, Tennessee.
These were separated by only about half a mile of valley. The
more eastern one was visited in the summer of 1928 and 2 new
species were described: Paravitrea xmriabilis (1929) and Pils-
hryna castanea (1931) . The former species was found on 3 other
outcrops, mainly of sandstone, but was absent from similar inter-
vening ones. The latter was found at only one other place. On

April, 1958 nautilus 147

return in the spring of 1929, I also visited the western source. To
my great surprise, both these species were absent from this nearby
outcrop, but were replaced by large numbers of the northern
Paravitrea multidentata, which I had not seen the previous sum-
mer anywhere, and by Zonitoides lateumhilicatus, for which I
had made a special but futile search and had collected a lime-
stone outcrop within a few hundred yards of the type and only
other locality, near Gurley, Alabama, over 30 miles away. This
evidently exhibits the same kind of sporadic adventitious trans-
port, and population by mere luck as does the Hawaiian example.
To use Mayr's misleading term, these calcophile snails on the
two outcrops are allopatric in the same sense as are the species of
Hawaii and North America. Of course, one must realize that
what is allopatric for calcophile zonitids would be sympatric for
birds (or even non-calcophile snails) ; a bird could fly or even
walk a half a mile in a few minutes. Again, Mayr's terms repre-
sent generalities, not general laws.

For brevity, little will be discussed about the last pair of my
extremes, under evolution. Speciation, because of the flow of
genes throughout any continuous range of a species, practically
requires isolation by zoogeographic barriers, and may involve
luck. This fundamental generality was pointed out about a cen-
tury ago by Alfred Russell Wallace, the great zoogeographer.
Incidentally, his contemporary, Charles Darwin, although he
called his classic book, "Origin of Species," largely neglected this,
and his discussions mainly apply to the evolution of major taxons,
such as genera, families, orders, etc. The evolution of these does
not require zoogeographic isolation, and may follow general laws,
because fertile crosses between major taxons of higher animals do
not occur.

In fact, as best provable in the mammals, the only land animals
with sufficient paleontologic evidence, the evolution of major
taxons, especially families, orders, and higher groups, largely has
taken place on big continuous land masses, such as continents.
The opposite was very evident in the limacoids of the Pacific
Islands. Species and sections were very numerous because of the
isolation between the isles. But, all except those derived from
adjacent continents, probably by adventitious transport, belong
to one primitive subfamily, the Microcystinae, and in the Philo-

148 NAUTILUS Vol. 71 (4)

nesiae even the 4 genera I recognized are poorly differentiated, as
Hugh Watson reasonably objected. In this connection, one must
remember that, although the distances between the Pacific Islands
are greater than on any continent, even Eurasia, their total land
area is not much bigger than West Virginia.

In conclusion, let me repeat my introduction: Generalities do
exist in taxonomic problems, but generalizations or general laws
usually are very dangerous. In other words: Don't blindly accept
anyone's hypotheses, not even mine!

References Cited

Baker, H. B. 1929. Nautilus, 42, p. 89.

. 1931. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 83, pp. 99, 101, 111.

. 1941. Bull. Bishop Mus., 166, pp. 347-361.

Binney, W. G. 1878. Bull Mus. Comp. Zoo., 4, pp. 17-41, 1 map.
Merriam, C. Hart. 1898. Bull. U. S. Dept. Agric. Biol. Survey 10,

1 map.
Pilsbry, H. A. 1948. Monogr. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 3, v. 2, pp.

xl-xlvii.

STATUS OF NEWCOMB'S ACHATINELLID NAMES
By ARTHUR HADDLETON CLARKE, JR.i

The Wesley Newcomb Collection of mollusks at Cornell Uni-
versity contains types of most of the 126 species described by that
author. During the course of isolating these specimens and gath-
ering material for a biographical resume of Newcomb and an
annotated list of his species, certain facts came to light which
bear on the authorship and dates of 58 specific and "varietal"
names in the Achatinellidae attributed to Newcomb. At first
inspection, these facts might be interpreted to mean that these
names should date from an earlier paper by L. Pfeiffer, but such
is not the case. It is desirable to clarify this issue now in a separ-
ate publication to avoid confusion in the forthcoming report.

According to Waterhouse, pp. 113 to 160 of the Proc. Zool.

Soc. London, 21 (1853) were published on November 14, 1854

(see ibid., 107 \ 71-84, 1937) . This section contains a paper by

1 The author is indebted to the trustees of the Teagle Foundations for sup-
port of the ciuatorial woik on the Newcomb Collection of mollusks on -which
this report is partly based and to Drs. C:. (). Herg. W. Storrs Cole, and J. C.
Fraiucimotit of Cornell Uni\ersity and Dr. W. J. Clench of the Museimi of
Comparative /.oology for helpful advice and criticism.

April, 1958 nautilus 149

Wesley Newcomb on Achatinella. Of the 79 new species and one
variety described, 21 species had already been described by New-
comb in Ann. N. Y. Lyceum of Nat. His., 6: 18-30 (May, 1853) .
Until now, all names proposed in these publications have been
accepted as originating with Newcomb on the dates here given.

In June, 1854, 5 months before the accepted date of the New-
comb publication in the Proceedings, the main body of a paper
by Dr. L. Pfeiffer appeared in Malakozool. Blaetter, 1854 (pp.
112-145) . The final two paragraphs of the paper (containing no
descriptions) appeared in August, 1854. These dates are given on
the signatures which were apparently issued separately. The
conclusion that the Pfeiffer paper preceded the Newcomb paper
in the Proceedings is substantiated by the fact that Pfeiffer's
paper was reviewed in the September, 1854 issue of Zeits. fiir die
gesammten Naturw. (p. 252) .

In this paper, Pfeiffer (1) described in his own words 50 spe-
cies and varieties later described as new by Newcomb in the Pro-
ceedings (loc. cit.) , (2) quoted verbatim Newcomb's descriptions
(loc. cit.) of 8 additional species, (3) used Newcomb's names for
these 58 species and varieties, and (4) cited Newcomb as original
author in each case, giving page, plate, and figure references to
the Newcomb paper. These page references differ in all cases
from the pagination in the Proceedings, but correspond in all
cases to the pagination of two separate copies of the Newcomb
paper (not issued in the volume of the Proceedings) formerly in
Newcomb's personal library and now in the main library at Cor-
nell University (Catalog numbers 9612 D53, D54) . There is no
difference in plate and figure numbering between the Proceedings
and the separate copies of the Newcomb paper, so Pfeiffer's plate
and figure references are correct for both.

In a footnote on page 115 (Malak. Blatt., 1) , Pfeiffer states:
"In den Proceedings ist die Insel immer Mani genannt; nach des
Vf. eigner Handschrift lese ich Maui, . . ." From a letter from
Pfeiffer to Cuming, we know that Pfeiffer had seen Newcomb's
manuscript and most of his type specimens, but the above quota-
tion proves that Pfeiffer had also seen a printed copy of New-
comb's paper. The agreement of Pfeiffer's page references with
the pagination of the separate Newcomb publication indicates
that this is what Pfeiffer had before him.

150 NAUTILUS Vol. 71 (4)

From the evidence presented, apparently the Newcomb paper
was issued separately and before the paper by Pfeiffer. In order
to decide whether the 58 names involved are to date from this
paper by Newcomb or from Pfeiffer, it must be determined
whether the descriptions by Newcomb should date from the
separate issue or from the Proceedings.

At the Paris 1948 meeting of The International Commission
on Zoological Nomenclature (see Bull. Zool. Nomen., 4: 167,
f53, May 25, 1950) it was reaffirmed that a recommendation
should be submitted to the Congress to include in the regies
words to the effect that the date of a new name shall not be the
date of issue of preprints, reprints, or separates but shall carry
the date of the volume in which it is included. The words pre-
prints, reprints, and separates may be interpreted to mean copies
of a work which are printed from the same type as the com-
parable portion of the volume, i.e., separate impressions or "all
the same press-prints" (Opinion 59) . This may be contrasted
with a separate edition, which is not merely a separate impres-
sion but contains definite changes in type, arrangement, or
orthography.

A comparison of the two issues of the Newcomb paper reveals
several significant differences. The separate issue contains a full
title page with the date 1854. The Proceedings issue has no
separate title page and no stated publication date. The text of
the separate issue begins at the top of page 3 and ends near the
center of the lower half of page 31, occupying parts of 29 pages.
The text of the Proceedings issue begins near the bottom of
page 128 and ends near the center of the lower half of page 157,
occupying parts of 30 pages. Under the description of Achatinella
cestus, the words "A fine skull . . ." in the separate issue were
replaced with "A fine shell . . ." in the Proceedings. In the sepa-
rate issue the words tristis (p. 8, line 28) , porphyrea (p. 8, line
45), multilineata (p. 14, line 12) and irixistelina (p. 14, line 13)
have been replaced in the Proceedings with the words A. tristis
(p. 134, line 21), A. porphyrea (p. 134, line 36) , A. multilineata
(p. 140, line 12) , and A. mustelina (p. 140, line 13) . The colored
plates of the two issues show constant differences also, and in
general the plates in the Proceedings appear to be more carefully
done.

April, 1958 nautilus 151

Additional differences could be cited, but it is clear from the
preceding that the separate issue of the Newcomb paper quali-
fies as a first edition and not as a preprint, reprint, or separate.
The decision of the international commission therefore does not
apply to the present situation, and the names must continue to
be ascribed to Newcomb. The date of this first edition cannot
be definitely established, but it is before June 1854, and prob-
ably in that year.

The trivial terms of "Achatinella" thus affected are: acuta,
affinis, albolabris, ampla, aplustre, assimilis, baldwinii, biplicata,
buddii, casta, cestus, concinna, crassa, crassilabrum, curta, cylin-
diica, decipiens, elegans, emmersonnii, flavescens, fulgens, fu-
mosa, germana, gigantea, glabra, grisea, hybrida, intermedia,
johnsoni, mastersi, melanostoma, moesta, multiline ata, nivosa,
obscura, ornata, physa, porcellana, porphyrea, pupoidea, recta,
redfieldi, reticulata, rubiginosa, rugosa, rutila, sanguinea, semi-
carinata, solitaria, sordida, soror, subvirens, swifti, terebra, tur-
gida, variabilis, venulata, and vitrea.

NOTES AND NEWS

Monterey Mollusca, corrections, ii — In our discussion of
"Mollusks and Brachiopods of Monterey Bay and Vicinity"
(Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 4th Ser., vol. 26, no. 8, Dec. 15, 1948),
we named as new Turbonilla (Bartschella) bartschi Smith ^
Gordon on pages 222-3, plate 3, figure 13, and listed it on page
193. Since this name proved to be preoccupied, we selected a
new name, T. (Bartschella) bartschiana Smith & Gordon (see
Naut., vol. 62, no. 3, page 105) . Dr. Joshua L. Baily, Jr., kindly
informs us that this second name is also invalidated by Tur-
bonilla (Chemnitzia) bartschiana Brown Sc Pilsbry (Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 64, Dec. 1912, pp. 509-10, figs. 4a-6) .
This being the situation, we accept Dr. Baily's suggestion and
hereby rename the species T. (Bartschella) pauli, new name.
It still is known only from the type specimen.

On page 207 of the same paper on Monterey mollusca, Isch-
nochiton (Lepidozona) golischi Berry is listed and its range
discussed. This is an erroneous use of the name, which should be
corrected to /. (L.) gallina Berry. /. golischi is a species so far

152 NAUTILUS Vol. 71 (4)

reported only from deep water off the southern California
coast. — Allyn G. Smith and Mackenzle Gordon, Jr.

Trip to south Chile. — I am leaving by planes for southern
Chile, on Nov. 25th, where I will collect botanical specimens of
all classes for the University of California botanical gardens at
Berkeley. This work will be mostly in the rain forests of Ant-
arctic beech in the Cordillera Pelada, south of Temuco, and
across the Andes in Tucuman province of Argentina. Needless
to say, I will not pass up any shells or fossils. It will be a one
man expedition and I expect to return by May 1st. — W. J.
Eyerdam.

Meioceras lermondi as food for Penaeus duorarum? — Ex-
aminations of the stomach contents of the brown-spotted shrimp,
Penaeus duorarum Burkenroad, from the Tampa Bay area, have
shown the presence of Meioceras lermondi (Dall) quite fre-
quently. One stomach contained 32 opercula, a mass of crushed
shell parts, and six complete specimens of M. lermondi (Dall) .
This suggests that this tiny mollusk serves as a source of food
for young shrimp. — Bonnie Eldred. Fla. State Board of Con-
servation Marine Lab., St. Petersburg, Florida.

PUBLICATIONS RECEIVED

Zoogeography: the geographical distribution of animals.
By Philip J. Darlington, Jr.. 1957. 675 + xi pp., 1 pi., 80 text-figs.
John Wiley & Sons. $15.00 — In the classic manner, the author in-
terprets "animals" to mean higher vertebrates, and "zoogeogra-
phy" as limited to inland (land and fresh water) evidence.
Keeping these two limitations in mind, his readable book seems
a very valuable contribution, and emphasizes wisely the need
for zoogeography as a different science from ecology. And, since
the mammals are the only land animals about which paleonto-
logic knowledge even approaches sufficiency, his discussions also
should be of great interest to students of inland mollusks, espe-
cially on continents. In regard to islands, which naturally are
treated more briefly, Darlington accepts the importance of ad-
ventitious dispersal, without land connections. For example,

April, 1958 nautilus iii

the Antilles are included among the "fringing archipelagos,"
with the statement that "different kinds of vertebrates are repre-
sented in the West Indies in proportion to their probable powers
of crossing water." But the contributions from South America
are so important (at least in land snails) that one doubts "if
most of them have come from the west by way of Cuba or (less
often) Jamaica." Since we snail-chasers are also human, the last
chapter on man will interest everybody. — H. B. B.

Wanted: Pectens (world-wide) . Exchange or purchase. Can offer good marine
specimens, many genera, with data.

Gilbert Grau, 2457 Claremont Ave., Hollywood 27, Calif.

For Exchange: Fine specimen shells, world wide.

Nick Katsaras, 479'-B South Washington Ave., Bergenfield, N. J.

How TO COLLECT SHELLS: Published by the American Malacological Union.
$1.00. Write:

Margaret C. Teskey, Sect., P. O. Box 238, Marinette, Wis.

iv NAUTILUS Vol. 71 (4)

WILLIAM H. WEEKS SHELL COLLECTION: Now being
offered for sale. To receive free lists, send name and address
to:

George E. Jacobs, 853 Riverside Drive, N. Y. 32, N. Y.

For sale by Mail Auction: The extensive general shell collection
of my late husband. Sea and land shells with data.

Mrs. H. David Vernon, 905 Leonello Ave., Los Altos, Calif.

INDEX TO THE NAUTILUS

Volumes 35-60

The index to the Nautilus for volumes 35 through 60 is now available for
distribution. Copies may be procured from the University of Michigan
Press, 311 Maynard Street, Ann Arbor, Michigan. The book is made up in
the same format as the First Index, is cloth bound and divided into two
sections, an author index and an index to genera and species.

Pages: 322, frontispiece Price: $7.50

EAST COAST MARINE SHELLS (Fourth revised edition) 6.00

WORLD-WIDE SEA SHELLS COMBINED WITH THE ROCK
SHELLS 6.00

Other publications out of print.

All post-paid in U. S. A.

Address author:

MAXWELL SMITH,
P.O. Box 8295, Asheville, North Carolina

Vol. 71

JULY, 1957

No. 1

THE

NAUTILUS

A QUAETEELY
DEVOTED TO THE INTEEESTS OF CONCHOLOGISTS

EDITORS AND PUBLISHERS

Henry A. Pilsbry, Curator of the Department of MoUusca,
Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia 3

H. BuRRiNGTON Baker, Professor of Zoology,

University of Pennsylvania

CONTENTS

List of the Conidae of Puerto Rico. By Germaine L.

Warmke 1

Taxonomy of salt marsh snail, Ovatella myosotis, in central

California. By Edward G. Paulson 4

Ansitomy oi 31 oellendorffla (Trihelix) eucharistus (Pilsbry).

By Tadashige Hahe 8

New species of Fontigens from Shenandoah National Park.

By Leslie Hiihricht 9

Larger land snails of Sleepy Hollow, Kentucky. By James

E. ConJcin 10

The Mollusca of Teton County, Wyoming. By Dorothy E.
Beetle 12

Catalogue of the land Mollusca of Argentina. (Continued)

By /. J. Parodiz 22

Types of mollusks described by F. C. Baker. Part II, Uni-
versity of "Wisconsin. By Dorothea S. Franzen 30

Guy L. Wilkins : an appreciation. By Joseph Ewan 35

$3.50 per year ($3.65 to Foreign Countries) 90 cents a copy

HOEACE B. BAKEE, Business Manager ^^
University of Pennsylvania, Zoological Laboratory,
38th and Woodland Avenue, Philadelphia 4, Pa.

Entered as Second-Class matter, October 29,
Philadelphia, Pa., under the Act

UIBRARY

AUG 2 6 1957
WOODS HOLE, MASS.

11 THE NAUTILUS

THE NAUTILUS:

A Quarterly Journal devoted to the study of Mollusks, edited and pub-
lished by Henry A. Pilsbry and H. Burrinqton Baker.

Matter for publication should reach the senior editor by the first of the
month preceding the month of issue (January, April, July and October).
Manuscript should be typewritten and DOUBLE SPACED. Proofs will not
be submitted to authors unless requested.

Eeprints are furnished at printer's rates. Orders should be written

ON OR ATTACHED TO FIRST PAGE OF MANUSCRIPT.

4 pp. ^ PP' 16 pp.

50 copies $4.95 $7.89 $12.83

100 copies „ „ _ 5.92 9.38 15.79

Additional 100s _ 1.97 2.96 5.92

Plates (pasted in) : $3.94 for 50 ; additional plates $2.97 per 100
[Postage Extra]

The Nautilus is the of&cial organ of the American Malacological Union.
Information regarding membership in the Union may be obtained from Mrs.
Margaret C. Teskey, Financial Secretary, P.O. Box 238, Marinette.
Wisconsin.

EXCHANGE NOTICES

Wanted: Back Volumes and Numbers of The Nautilus. Especially, vol. 3;
vol. 4, no. 1; vol. 6, no. 3; vol. 9, no. 1; vols. 17 to 24; vol. 25, no.
5; vols. 26, 27; vol. 52; vol. 53, nos. 2, 3; vols. 54 to 58; vol. 59, no.
1; vol. 60, no. 2. Some nos. of volumes listed are in stock, but others
are desired. Address Horace B. Baker, Univ. Penna. Zoo. Lab.,
Philadephia 4.

Wanted : Preserved or living viviparid snails, in exchange for local Mollusca.

Glenn E. Webb, Ohio (P.O.), Illinois.

For Exchange or Sale: Eare dredged deep water shells from Florida and
West Indies, reliable data. Exchanges limited to western Atlantic.

Thomas L. McGinty, Boynton Beach, Florida.

Wanted: Exchange of books and pamphlets on malacology. New long list
ready. Ask for it, and send yours.

Dr. F. Haas, Curator of Lower Invertebrates, Field Museum of
Natural History, Chicago 5, Illinois.

MBL WHOI LIBRARY

yH i7xn a

•M

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "The Nautilus"

See other formats